Foreflight Guide
Foreflight Guide
Pilot’s Guide
Copyright © 2023 ForeFlight LLC. All rights reserved.
ForeFlight® is a registered trademark of ForeFlight, LLC and may not be used without
the permission of ForeFlight.
CONTENTS
DEFINITIONS ......................................................................................................26
GETTING STARTED ...........................................................................................31
About this Guide ........................................................................................................31
PLAN COMPARISON ..........................................................................................32
DESIGN ...............................................................................................................34
1.1 Navigation ...........................................................................................................34
1.1.1 Navigation Toolbar ......................................................................................35
1.1.2 More Menu and Navigation Toolbar ............................................................35
1.1.3 Customizing Tab Order ...............................................................................35
1.1.4 Dynamic Tab ...............................................................................................36
1.2 Timer/Stopwatch ..................................................................................................36
1.2.1 Stopwatch (Count Up Mode) .......................................................................36
1.2.2 Timer (Count Down Mode) ..........................................................................36
1.3 App Theme ..........................................................................................................37
ACCOUNTS .........................................................................................................38
2.1 Subscriptions .......................................................................................................39
2.2 Device Names .....................................................................................................39
2.3 Managing Devices ...............................................................................................40
2.3.1 Removing Devices ......................................................................................40
2.4 Notifications .........................................................................................................41
2.5 ForeFlight Labs ...................................................................................................41
2.5.1 Taxi Routes .................................................................................................41
2.5.2 Enhanced Weight & Balance ......................................................................42
JEPPESEN ..........................................................................................................43
3.1 Purchasing Jeppesen Coverage .........................................................................44
3.2 Linking Jeppesen Accounts .................................................................................45
3.2.1 Linking Jeppesen with ForeFlight Mobile (Individual Accounts) ..................45
3.2.2 Linking Jeppesen with ForeFlight Web .......................................................46
3.3 Multiple Jeppesen Accounts ................................................................................47
3.3.1 Allowing Jeppesen Installs ..........................................................................48
3.3.2 Removing Coverage ...................................................................................48
3.4 Installing Linked Charts .......................................................................................49
3.5 Changing Coverage ............................................................................................50
3.6 Removing Jeppesen Charts ................................................................................50
3.7 Jeppesen Settings ...............................................................................................51
CONTENTS
3.8 Viewing Jeppesen Charts ....................................................................................51
3.8.1 Terminal Procedures ...................................................................................51
3.8.2 En route Charts ...........................................................................................52
3.9 Jeppesen Map Settings .......................................................................................52
3.10 Jeppesen Documents ........................................................................................54
DOWNLOADS .....................................................................................................55
4.1 Download Selections ...........................................................................................56
4.1.1 Data Settings ..............................................................................................56
4.1.2 Region Settings ...........................................................................................58
4.2 Downloading Data ...............................................................................................59
4.2.1 Updating Downloads ...................................................................................60
4.2.2 Automatic Downloads .................................................................................61
4.2.3 Background Downloads ..............................................................................61
4.2.4 Data Changeover Times .............................................................................62
4.3 Deleting Downloads ............................................................................................63
4.3.1 Packed and Unselected Downloads ...........................................................63
4.4 Preflight Download Check ...................................................................................64
4.5 Troubleshooting Downloads ................................................................................64
SETTINGS ...........................................................................................................65
5.1 Search Bar ..........................................................................................................66
5.2 Brightness Slider .................................................................................................66
5.3 App Theme ..........................................................................................................66
5.3.1 Light and Dark Settings ...............................................................................67
5.4 Airport View Settings ...........................................................................................68
5.5 Weather View Settings ........................................................................................69
5.6 Route View Settings ............................................................................................69
5.7 Map View .............................................................................................................69
5.7.1 Auto Center .................................................................................................69
5.7.2 Extended Centerlines ..................................................................................70
5.7.3 Ownship Distance Rings .............................................................................71
5.7.4 Track Vector ................................................................................................72
5.7.5 Route Labels ...............................................................................................72
5.7.6 Ownship Marker ..........................................................................................73
5.7.7 Hazard Settings ..........................................................................................73
5.7.8 Map Touch Action ........................................................................................76
5.7.9 Cockpit Sharing ...........................................................................................76
5.7.10 Map Annotations .......................................................................................76
5.7.11 Auto-Receive Flight Plans .........................................................................77
5.7.12 Four-color Radar .......................................................................................77
CONTENTS
5.7.13 Internet Radar Coverage ..........................................................................77
5.7.14 Breadcrumbs .............................................................................................77
5.7.15 Show Map Legend ....................................................................................78
5.7.16 Marked Positions ......................................................................................78
5.7.17 Quick Filters ..............................................................................................78
5.8 Layer Selector .....................................................................................................79
5.9 Checklist ..............................................................................................................79
5.10 Plate and Document Views ...............................................................................79
5.11 Traffic .................................................................................................................79
5.12 Search and Rescue ...........................................................................................80
5.13 Downloads .........................................................................................................80
5.14 Pack ..................................................................................................................80
5.15 Track Log ...........................................................................................................81
5.16 Flights ................................................................................................................81
5.17 Taxi Diagram......................................................................................................81
5.18 Preferences .......................................................................................................82
5.18.1 Alerts .........................................................................................................82
5.18.2 Units/Time .................................................................................................82
5.18.3 Allow Device to Sleep ...............................................................................83
5.18.4 Automatic Clock Check .............................................................................83
5.18.5 Enable Ownship ........................................................................................84
5.18.6 Ownship Not For Navigation .....................................................................84
5.18.7 Show Heliports ..........................................................................................85
5.18.8 Show Private Airports ................................................................................85
5.18.9 Start on Last Screen .................................................................................85
5.18.10 Sync Data To/From Device .....................................................................85
5.18.11 Enable Diagnostic Logs...........................................................................86
5.18.12 Performance Logging Level ....................................................................86
5.19 Weight and Balance ..........................................................................................86
5.19.1 Standard Weights......................................................................................86
MAP SETTINGS ..................................................................................................87
6.1 Screen Brightness ...............................................................................................87
6.1.1 Invert Chart Colors ......................................................................................87
6.2 ForeFlight Map ....................................................................................................87
6.2.1 Map Theme .................................................................................................87
6.2.2 Terrain .........................................................................................................87
6.2.3 Day/Night Overlay .......................................................................................88
6.2.4 Place Labels ...............................................................................................88
6.2.5 Cultural Elements ........................................................................................89
CONTENTS
6.3 Aeronautical .........................................................................................................89
6.3.1 Airports ........................................................................................................90
6.3.2 Airspace ......................................................................................................91
6.3.3 Airways & Waypoints...................................................................................96
6.3.4 ARTCC/FIR .................................................................................................97
6.3.5 VFR Aeronautical Details ............................................................................98
6.3.6 Text Size Adjustment ...................................................................................98
6.3.7 Quick Filters ................................................................................................99
6.4 Auto-Center Mode ..............................................................................................99
6.5 Map Overlays ....................................................................................................100
6.5.1 Hide Distant Traffic (ADS-B/FLARM) ........................................................100
6.5.2 Traffic Breadcrumbs (ADS-B/FLARM) ......................................................100
6.5.3 Route Labels .............................................................................................100
6.5.4 Operational Notes .....................................................................................100
6.5.5 Extended Centerlines ................................................................................101
6.5.6 Ownship Distance Rings ...........................................................................101
6.5.7 Glide Advisor .............................................................................................102
6.5.8 Track Vector ..............................................................................................103
6.5.9 Breadcrumbs .............................................................................................103
6.5.10 Map Legend ............................................................................................103
6.5.11 Map Annotations......................................................................................103
6.5.12 Marked Positions ....................................................................................103
6.5.13 Track Log Record Button ........................................................................104
6.5.14 Four-color Radar .....................................................................................104
6.5.15 Internet Radar Coverage ........................................................................104
6.5.16 Corridor Activation ...................................................................................104
6.5.17 Map Touch Action ....................................................................................104
6.5.18 Alerts .......................................................................................................104
6.6 Layer Selector ...................................................................................................105
6.7 Opacity Slider ....................................................................................................105
6.8 Devices ..............................................................................................................105
iOS FEATURES AND SETTINGS .....................................................................106
7.1 iOS Network Settings ........................................................................................107
7.2 iOS Location Settings ........................................................................................108
7.3 iOS Multitasking and Split Screen .....................................................................109
AIRCRAFT .........................................................................................................110
8.1 Design ................................................................................................................111
8.2 Creating an Aircraft Profile .................................................................................112
8.2.1 General......................................................................................................112
CONTENTS
8.2.2 Performance ..............................................................................................113
8.2.3 Glide Performance ....................................................................................118
8.2.4 Altitudes .....................................................................................................118
8.2.5 Weights .....................................................................................................118
8.2.6 Weight and Balance ..................................................................................119
8.2.7 Fuel ...........................................................................................................121
8.2.8 Filing .........................................................................................................123
8.2.9 Dingy .........................................................................................................126
8.2.10 Emergency ..............................................................................................127
8.2.11 Nav Canada ............................................................................................128
8.3 Sharing Aircraft ..................................................................................................129
8.4 Copying Aircraft .................................................................................................130
8.5 Deleting Aircraft .................................................................................................130
8.6 Published Aircraft ..............................................................................................131
FLIGHT PLANNING ..........................................................................................132
9.1 Planning with Search .........................................................................................132
9.1.1 Scheduled Flight Search ...........................................................................136
9.1.2 Street Address Search ..............................................................................137
9.2 Planning with Maps ...........................................................................................138
9.2.1 Touch-Planning .........................................................................................138
9.2.2 Route Rubber-Banding .............................................................................139
9.2.3 Route Editor ..............................................................................................140
9.2.4 Slash Codes ..............................................................................................148
9.2.5 Reversing/Clearing the Route ...................................................................150
9.3 Route Advisor ....................................................................................................151
9.3.1 Route Constraints .....................................................................................152
9.3.2 Eurocontrol Valid and Invalid Routes ........................................................153
9.4 Altitude Advisor ..................................................................................................154
9.5 Procedure Advisor .............................................................................................155
9.5.1 Departures and Arrivals ............................................................................155
9.5.2 IFR Approaches ........................................................................................158
9.5.3 Visual Approaches ....................................................................................165
9.5.4 Traffic Patterns ..........................................................................................166
9.5.5 Holding Patterns .......................................................................................167
9.5.6 SAR Patterns ............................................................................................169
9.6 Pack ..................................................................................................................170
9.6.1 How to Pack ..............................................................................................171
9.6.2 Packed Weather and NOTAM Data Overview ..........................................173
9.6.3 Packed Charts and Terminal Information ..................................................175
9.6.4 Accessing Packed Data ............................................................................176
CONTENTS
9.6.5 Deleting Packed Data ...............................................................................176
AIRPORTS ........................................................................................................177
10.1 Design .............................................................................................................178
10.2 Toolbar .............................................................................................................179
10.2.1 Sidebar Toggle Button .............................................................................179
10.2.2 Favorites Button ......................................................................................179
10.2.3 Search Bar ..............................................................................................180
10.2.4 Show on Map Button ...............................................................................181
10.2.5 Airports Near You Button .........................................................................181
10.3 Sidebar ............................................................................................................183
10.3.1 Sidebar Toggle Button .............................................................................184
10.3.2 Airport Listings ........................................................................................184
10.3.3 Favorites .................................................................................................185
10.3.4 Recents ...................................................................................................186
10.3.5 Maps/Flights ............................................................................................187
10.3.6 Browse ....................................................................................................188
10.4 Airport Summary ..............................................................................................189
10.4.1 Alert NOTAMs .........................................................................................190
10.4.2 ForeFlight Airport Diagram ......................................................................191
10.4.3 Basic Information ....................................................................................192
10.4.4 Terrain Icon .............................................................................................192
10.4.5 Latest Weather ........................................................................................193
10.4.6 Pattern Altitudes ......................................................................................194
10.4.7 3D View ...................................................................................................194
10.4.8 FBOs .......................................................................................................194
10.4.9 Taxiways..................................................................................................194
10.4.10 Comments .............................................................................................195
10.5 Airport Details ..................................................................................................196
10.5.1 Info tab ....................................................................................................197
10.5.2 Weather Tab ............................................................................................200
10.5.3 Runway Tab ............................................................................................203
10.5.4 Procedure Tab .........................................................................................209
10.5.5 NOTAM Tab .............................................................................................211
10.6 FBO List ..........................................................................................................212
10.6.1 Featured ..................................................................................................212
10.6.2 FBO .........................................................................................................213
10.6.3 Other Services ........................................................................................213
10.7 FBO Details .....................................................................................................214
10.7.1 Info ..........................................................................................................214
10.7.2 Fees ........................................................................................................215
CONTENTS
10.7.3 Photos .....................................................................................................215
10.7.4 Comments ...............................................................................................215
10.7.5 Submitting Fuel Prices ............................................................................216
10.8 Airport 3D View ................................................................................................218
10.8.1 Changing Orientation ..............................................................................218
10.8.2 Position Details .......................................................................................219
10.8.3 Airport Compass .....................................................................................220
10.8.4 Traffic/Obstacles Layers..........................................................................220
10.8.5 Runway Selection ...................................................................................223
10.8.6 Day/Night Mode ......................................................................................224
10.9 Comments .......................................................................................................225
10.9.1 Viewing Comments .................................................................................225
10.9.2 Adding Comments ...................................................................................226
10.9.3 Comment Submission Guidelines ...........................................................227
10.9.4 Editing Comments ...................................................................................228
10.9.5 Deleting Comments ................................................................................228
MAPS .................................................................................................................229
11.1 Design..............................................................................................................229
11.1.1 Upper Toolbar ..........................................................................................230
11.1.2 Flight Plan Menu .....................................................................................231
11.1.3 Maps Sidebar ..........................................................................................232
11.1.4 Main Map View ........................................................................................233
11.2 High-Resolution Base Map ..............................................................................235
11.3 Aeronautical Map .............................................................................................236
11.3.1 Aeronautical Map Features .....................................................................237
11.3.2 Aeronautical Map Quick Filters................................................................238
11.3.3 Aeronautical Map Symbols ......................................................................239
11.3.4 VFR Aeronautical Map Symbols..............................................................241
11.3.5 Airspace Alerts.........................................................................................242
11.3.6 ATC Boundaries ......................................................................................242
11.3.7 European Airspace ..................................................................................243
11.4 Charts ..............................................................................................................244
11.5 Map Layers ......................................................................................................246
11.5.1 Map Layer Sections.................................................................................247
11.5.2 Radar.......................................................................................................248
11.5.3 Satellite....................................................................................................255
11.5.4 Icing .........................................................................................................256
11.5.5 Turbulence...............................................................................................257
11.5.6 Clouds .....................................................................................................258
11.5.7 Surface Analysis ......................................................................................258
CONTENTS
11.5.8 Winds ......................................................................................................258
11.5.9 Echo Tops (XM) .......................................................................................259
11.5.10 Cloud Tops ............................................................................................260
11.5.11 Freezing Levels .....................................................................................261
11.5.12 Hazard Advisor ......................................................................................262
11.5.13 Traffic.....................................................................................................265
11.5.14 Search & Rescue ..................................................................................267
11.5.15 AIR/SIGMET/CWAs ...............................................................................267
11.5.16 NOTAMs ................................................................................................268
11.5.17 TFR .......................................................................................................269
11.5.18 GAFOR..................................................................................................270
11.5.19 Weather Layers .....................................................................................271
11.5.20 Winds ....................................................................................................271
11.5.21 Obstacles ..............................................................................................272
11.5.22 User Waypoints .....................................................................................272
11.5.23 Fuel .......................................................................................................273
11.5.24 Custom Map Layers ..............................................................................273
11.6 Weather Layer Time Slider ..............................................................................273
11.7 Weather Legends ............................................................................................274
11.7.1 Weather Layer Legend ............................................................................274
11.8 Maps Sidebar...................................................................................................275
11.8.1 Airport Details Sidebar.............................................................................276
11.8.2 Add to Route Menu..................................................................................278
11.9 Route Line .......................................................................................................279
11.9.1 Route Line Colors....................................................................................280
11.9.2 Route Waypoints .....................................................................................281
11.9.3 Route Details ...........................................................................................281
11.9.4 Operational Note Flags ...........................................................................282
11.10 Breadcrumbs .................................................................................................284
11.10.1 Saving a Breadcrumb ............................................................................285
11.10.2 Traffic Breadcrumbs ..............................................................................286
11.11 Map Annotations ............................................................................................288
11.12 Marked Positions ...........................................................................................289
11.12.1 Editing Marked Positions .......................................................................289
11.12.2 Exporting Marked Positions...................................................................290
11.13 Organized Track Systems..............................................................................290
11.14 Smart Airway Labels ......................................................................................291
11.15 Attitude Indicator/Synthetic Vision .................................................................292
11.15.1 iPhone Attitude Indicator .......................................................................294
11.15.2 Glance Mode .........................................................................................296
CONTENTS
11.15.3 Portable AHRS Positioning....................................................................297
11.16 Map Search ...................................................................................................298
11.17 Flight Plan Menu ............................................................................................300
11.17.1 Route Summary ....................................................................................301
11.17.2 3D Preview ............................................................................................302
11.17.3 Pack ......................................................................................................308
11.17.4 Favorite Routes .....................................................................................308
11.17.5 Route Editor ..........................................................................................309
11.17.6 Profile ....................................................................................................309
11.17.7 NavLog ..................................................................................................310
11.18 Profile View ....................................................................................................311
11.18.1 Profile View Hazards (Terrain & Obstacles) ..........................................311
11.18.2 Cross Track Error (XTE) ........................................................................312
11.18.3 Hazard Colors .......................................................................................312
11.18.4 Profile View Waypoints ..........................................................................313
11.18.5 Waypoint Menu .....................................................................................313
11.18.6 Altitude Changes in Profile View ...........................................................314
11.18.7 Profile View in Flight ..............................................................................315
11.18.8 First Strike and Clearance Calculations ................................................316
11.18.9 Obstacle/Terrain Strike Indicators .........................................................317
11.18.10 Airspace in Profile View .......................................................................318
11.18.11 Weather in Profile View .......................................................................319
11.18.12 Profile View Zoom ...............................................................................320
11.18.13 Profile View Scrubbing ........................................................................321
11.18.14 Profile View Ruler ................................................................................323
11.18.15 Profile View Profile Corridor ................................................................323
11.19 Profile Corridor...............................................................................................324
11.19.1 Hazard Detection Boundary ..................................................................324
11.19.2 Profile Corridor Settings ........................................................................325
11.19.3 Highest-Point Markers ...........................................................................327
11.20 Ruler ..............................................................................................................329
11.21 Instrument Panel............................................................................................330
11.21.1 Instruments............................................................................................331
11.22 Favorite and Recent Routes ..........................................................................335
PLATES .............................................................................................................336
12.1 Design .............................................................................................................336
12.1.1 Layout .....................................................................................................336
12.1.2 Key Features ...........................................................................................337
12.1.3 Types of Plates........................................................................................341
12.1.4 Plates Sync .............................................................................................345
CONTENTS
12.2 On-Plate Functionality .....................................................................................346
12.2.1 Onscreen Finger Gestures ......................................................................346
12.2.2 Alert NOTAMs .........................................................................................347
12.2.3 FBO Locations ........................................................................................348
12.2.4 Instrument Panel .....................................................................................349
12.2.5 Position on Plate .....................................................................................350
12.3 Toolbar Controls ..............................................................................................351
12.3.1 Plate Settings ..........................................................................................351
12.3.2 Recent Plates ..........................................................................................352
12.3.3 Plate Annotations ....................................................................................353
12.3.4 Rotate .....................................................................................................354
12.3.5 Add to Binder ..........................................................................................354
12.3.6 Taxi Route ...............................................................................................355
12.3.7 FBO .........................................................................................................355
12.3.8 Send To Map/Print...................................................................................355
12.3.9 Lock ........................................................................................................356
12.4 Plates on the Map ...........................................................................................357
12.4.1 Displaying Plates on the Map .................................................................357
12.4.2 Display Settings for Plates on the Map ...................................................360
12.5 Binders Drawer ................................................................................................362
12.5.1 Show/Hide Binders .................................................................................363
12.5.2 Renaming Binders ..................................................................................363
12.5.3 Reordering Binders .................................................................................364
12.5.4 Removing Binders ...................................................................................364
12.6 Flight Binders ..................................................................................................365
12.6.1 Flight Binder Structure ............................................................................365
12.6.2 Creating Flight Binders ...........................................................................366
12.6.3 Adding, Removing, Viewing Plates .........................................................368
12.6.4 Adding Alternate Airports .........................................................................369
12.6.5 Printing Flight Binders .............................................................................369
12.7 Other Binders ..................................................................................................371
12.7.1 Other Binder Structure ............................................................................371
12.7.2 Creating Other Binders ...........................................................................372
12.7.3 Adding Plates ..........................................................................................373
12.7.4 Leaving a Binder Open ...........................................................................374
12.7.5 Reorder Plates ........................................................................................375
12.7.6 Remove Plates ........................................................................................375
12.7.7 Printing Other Binders .............................................................................376
DOCUMENTS ....................................................................................................377
13.1 Documents Design ..........................................................................................378
CONTENTS
13.2 Toolbar .............................................................................................................379
13.2.1 Documents Catalog ................................................................................379
13.2.2 Grid and List Thumbnail Viewing Options ...............................................380
13.2.3 Document Settings ..................................................................................381
13.2.4 Edit Button ..............................................................................................381
13.2.5 Document Search ...................................................................................382
13.3 Binders ............................................................................................................383
13.3.1 Creating Document Binders ....................................................................384
13.3.2 Renaming Binders ..................................................................................385
13.3.3 Adding Documents to Binders .................................................................386
13.3.4 Arranging Binder Documents ..................................................................387
13.3.5 Removing Documents from Binders .......................................................387
13.3.6 Deleting Binders ......................................................................................387
13.4 My Drives ........................................................................................................388
13.4.1 Supported File Types and Size Limits .....................................................388
13.4.2 Imported Drive ........................................................................................389
13.4.3 Importing Documents ..............................................................................389
13.4.4 Renaming Imported Documents .............................................................391
13.5 Cloud Drives ....................................................................................................392
13.5.1 Adding a Cloud Drive ..............................................................................393
13.5.2 Cloud Drive Names .................................................................................394
13.5.3 Adding OneDrive and S3 Cloud Drives ...................................................395
13.5.4 Providing Access to the Cloud Drive .......................................................397
13.5.5 Cloud Drive Synced Folder .....................................................................398
13.5.6 Cloud Drive Supported File Types and Size Limits .................................402
13.5.7 Cloud Drive Settings ...............................................................................403
13.5.8 Unlinking a Cloud Drive ..........................................................................404
13.6 Drives ..............................................................................................................405
13.6.1 Default Drives .........................................................................................405
13.6.2 Subscription-Based Drives ......................................................................405
13.6.3 Missing Drive ..........................................................................................407
13.7 Downloading Documents and Drives ..............................................................408
13.7.1 Document and Drive Subscriptions .........................................................408
13.7.2 Removing Documents .............................................................................409
13.8 Viewing Documents .........................................................................................410
13.8.1 Document Viewer Toolbar .......................................................................411
13.8.2 Searching Documents .............................................................................412
13.8.3 Document Bookmarks .............................................................................412
13.8.4 Sharing Documents ................................................................................412
IMAGERY ..........................................................................................................413
CONTENTS
14.1 Design .............................................................................................................413
14.1.1 Images ....................................................................................................414
14.1.2 Image Sets ..............................................................................................414
14.2 Navigation .......................................................................................................415
14.2.1 Displaying Images ...................................................................................416
14.2.2 Favorite/Recent Images ..........................................................................416
14.2.3 Refreshing Image Sets ...........................................................................418
14.3 Full-Screen Image ...........................................................................................419
14.3.1 Onscreen Finger Gestures ......................................................................420
14.3.2 Adding to Favorites .................................................................................420
14.3.3 iOS Sharing .............................................................................................421
FLIGHTS ............................................................................................................422
15.1 Design .............................................................................................................423
15.2 Creating New Flights .......................................................................................423
15.2.1 Creating a New Flight .............................................................................424
15.2.2 Sending a Route to Flights ......................................................................424
15.2.3 Adding the Next Flight .............................................................................424
15.2.4 Copying a Flight ......................................................................................424
15.2.5 Shared Flights .........................................................................................424
15.3 Flight Sharing ..................................................................................................425
15.3.1 Sending a Flight to Maps ........................................................................425
15.3.2 Sending a Flight to Plates .......................................................................425
15.3.3 Sharing a PDF ........................................................................................425
15.3.4 Sending a Flight to Logbook ...................................................................425
15.3.5 Sharing a Flight .......................................................................................426
15.4 Deleting Flights ................................................................................................427
15.5 Flight List .........................................................................................................428
15.5.1 Flight Summary .......................................................................................428
15.6 Flight Planning Form .......................................................................................429
15.6.1 Banner Messages ...................................................................................430
15.6.2 Flight Performance Summary .................................................................431
15.7 Navlog, Briefing, Files, and Notifications .........................................................432
15.7.1 Navlog .....................................................................................................432
15.7.2 Briefing ....................................................................................................432
15.7.3 Files ........................................................................................................433
15.7.4 Flight Notifications ...................................................................................435
15.8 Departure and Destination ..............................................................................436
15.8.1 Departure Time .......................................................................................436
15.8.2 Departure ................................................................................................437
15.8.3 Destination ..............................................................................................438
CONTENTS
15.8.4 Alternate ..................................................................................................439
15.9 Aircraft .............................................................................................................442
15.9.1 Aircraft Profile ..........................................................................................442
15.9.2 Performance Profile ................................................................................442
15.10 Route .............................................................................................................443
15.10.1 Flight Rules ...........................................................................................443
15.10.2 Interactive Map .....................................................................................444
15.10.3 Route ....................................................................................................445
15.10.4 Cruise Altitude .......................................................................................446
15.10.5 Contingency Planning ...........................................................................446
15.11 Payload ..........................................................................................................447
15.11.1 People ...................................................................................................447
15.11.2 Cargo.....................................................................................................448
15.11.3 Weight and Balance ..............................................................................448
15.12 Fuel ...............................................................................................................449
15.12.1 Fuel Policy ............................................................................................450
15.12.2 Fuel Table..............................................................................................451
15.12.3 Reserve Fuel .........................................................................................454
15.13 Weights..........................................................................................................459
15.14 Destination Services ......................................................................................460
15.14.1 FBO Information ....................................................................................460
15.14.2 Fuel Orders ...........................................................................................462
15.15 Flight Log .......................................................................................................464
15.15.1 Fuel at Shutdown ..................................................................................464
15.15.2 Times ....................................................................................................464
15.15.3 Marked Positions ..................................................................................465
15.16 Pack ..............................................................................................................466
15.17 Add Next Flight ..............................................................................................466
15.18 Copy Flight ....................................................................................................466
15.19 Delete Flight ..................................................................................................466
15.20 Proceed to File ..............................................................................................466
RUNWAY ANALYSIS .........................................................................................467
16.1 Purchasing Runway Analysis ..........................................................................468
16.1.1 Purchasing Runway Analysis for Individuals ...........................................468
16.1.2 Purchasing Runway Analysis for Business .............................................468
16.2 Configuring Runway Analysis ..........................................................................469
16.2.1 Runway Analysis Settings .......................................................................470
16.3 Conducting Takeoff Analysis............................................................................473
16.3.1 Takeoff Analysis View ..............................................................................474
CONTENTS
16.3.2 Multi-Engine Takeoff Analysis .................................................................475
16.3.3 Single-Engine Takeoff Analysis ...............................................................478
16.3.4 Takeoff Analysis - Performance Summary ..............................................478
16.3.5 Takeoff Analysis - Departure Runway .....................................................479
16.3.6 Selecting a Departure Runway ...............................................................480
16.3.7 Selecting Intersection Departures ...........................................................482
16.3.8 Takeoff Analysis - Obstacle Analysis .......................................................484
16.3.9 Takeoff Analysis - Engine Out Procedure................................................485
16.3.10 Takeoff Analysis - Additional Departure Obstacles................................487
16.3.11 Takeoff Analysis - Weather ....................................................................488
16.3.12 Takeoff Analysis - Aircraft Configuration................................................490
16.3.13 Takeoff Analysis - Emergency Return ...................................................492
16.3.14 Takeoff Analysis - Performance.............................................................493
16.4 Conducting Landing Analysis ..........................................................................497
16.4.1 Landing Analysis View ............................................................................498
16.4.2 Landing Analysis - Performance Summary .............................................499
16.4.3 Determining Maximum Landing Weight ..................................................500
16.4.4 Landing Analysis - Destination Runway ..................................................503
16.4.5 Selecting a Destination Runway .............................................................504
16.4.6 Landing Analysis - Missed Approach ......................................................507
16.4.7 Landing Analysis - Weather ....................................................................508
16.4.8 Landing Analysis - Aircraft Configuration ................................................510
16.4.9 Landing Analysis - Performance..............................................................511
16.5 Runway Analysis Summary Document ...........................................................512
16.5.1 Single-Engine Summary Document ........................................................512
16.5.2 Multi-Engine Summary Document ..........................................................513
16.5.3 Summary Document Options ..................................................................516
16.6 Engine Out Procedure 3D View.......................................................................517
16.6.1 Opening EOP 3D View............................................................................518
16.6.2 EOP 3D View Header .............................................................................518
16.6.3 Changing Orientation ..............................................................................518
16.6.4 EOP Step Selector ..................................................................................519
16.6.5 Camera Mode .........................................................................................519
16.6.6 Video Preview Controls ...........................................................................520
TAKEOFF & LANDING PERFORMANCE ........................................................521
17.1 Configuring Takeoff & Landing Performance ...................................................522
17.1.1 Verifying Takeoff & Landing Performance Support .................................522
17.1.2 Takeoff & Landing Performance Settings ................................................523
17.2 Calculating Takeoff Performance.....................................................................525
17.2.1 Takeoff Performance View ......................................................................526
CONTENTS
17.2.2 Takeoff Performance Summary...............................................................527
17.2.3 Takeoff Performance - Departure Runway ..............................................528
17.2.4 Selecting a Departure Runway ...............................................................529
17.2.5 Takeoff Performance - Weather ..............................................................531
17.2.6 Takeoff Performance - Aircraft Configuration ..........................................533
17.2.7 Takeoff Performance - Emergency Return ..............................................534
17.2.8 Takeoff Performance - Performance Details ...........................................535
17.3 Calculating Landing Performance ...................................................................538
17.3.1 Landing Performance View .....................................................................539
17.3.2 Landing Performance Summary .............................................................540
17.3.3 Landing Performance - Destination Runway ..........................................541
17.3.4 Selecting a Destination Runway .............................................................542
17.3.5 Landing Performance - Weather .............................................................544
17.3.6 Landing Performance - Aircraft Configuration .........................................546
17.3.7 Landing Performance - Performance Details ..........................................547
17.4 Takeoff & Landing Summary Document ..........................................................549
17.4.1 Generating the Summary Document ......................................................550
17.4.2 Summary Document Options ..................................................................550
NAVLOG ............................................................................................................551
18.1 Generating Navlogs .........................................................................................552
18.1.1 Accessing Navlogs ..................................................................................552
18.1.2 Refreshing Navlogs .................................................................................553
18.2 Navlog Types ...................................................................................................554
18.2.1 Basic Navlog ...........................................................................................555
18.2.2 Standard Navlog .....................................................................................564
18.2.3 International Navlog ................................................................................568
18.3 Printing and Sharing Navlogs ..........................................................................580
ACTIVE NAVLOG ..............................................................................................581
19.1 About the Design .............................................................................................581
19.1.1 Active Navlog Banners ............................................................................582
19.1.2 Accessing the Flight List .........................................................................582
19.1.3 Accessing the Active Navlog Editor .........................................................582
19.2 Flight List .........................................................................................................583
19.2.1 Upcoming Flights ....................................................................................583
19.2.2 Archived Flights .......................................................................................583
19.3 Active Navlog Editor ........................................................................................584
19.3.1 Upper Toolbar..........................................................................................584
19.3.2 Flight Details ...........................................................................................585
19.3.3 Route Table .............................................................................................589
19.4 Adding Actual Flight Details .............................................................................591
CONTENTS
19.4.1 Active Navlog Planning Logic ..................................................................593
19.4.2 Adding Actual Time .................................................................................595
19.4.3 Adding Actual Fuel ..................................................................................596
19.4.4 Adding Actual Altitude .............................................................................597
19.5 Editing Actual Flight Details .............................................................................598
19.6 Editing the Route .............................................................................................599
19.6.1 Direct To Route Edits ..............................................................................599
19.6.2 Inserting Route Waypoints ......................................................................601
19.6.3 Adding Waypoint Remarks ......................................................................602
19.6.4 Deleting Route Waypoints.......................................................................603
19.7 Active Navlog Actions ......................................................................................604
19.7.1 Conducting an RVSM Altitude Check......................................................605
19.7.2 Conducting a Fuel Check ........................................................................607
19.7.3 Adding Remarks ......................................................................................608
19.7.4 Recording ATIS .......................................................................................609
19.7.5 Interval Timers ........................................................................................610
19.8 Signing the Active Navlog ................................................................................611
19.9 Sharing Active Navlog .....................................................................................612
19.10 Active Navlog PDF Document .......................................................................613
19.10.1 General Flight Information ....................................................................613
19.10.2 Additional Information ...........................................................................614
19.10.3 Route Table ...........................................................................................615
19.10.4 Waypoint Remarks ................................................................................617
19.10.5 RVSM and Fuel Checks ........................................................................617
BRIEFING ..........................................................................................................618
20.1 About the Design .............................................................................................618
20.1.1 Generating a Briefing ..............................................................................619
20.1.2 Switching Briefing Format .......................................................................619
20.1.3 Refreshing Weather and NOTAM Data ...................................................620
20.1.4 Printing and Sharing ...............................................................................620
20.2 PDF Briefing ....................................................................................................621
20.2.1 Vertical Cross Section Chart ...................................................................621
20.2.2 Wind Chart ..............................................................................................628
20.2.3 Significant Weather Chart .......................................................................632
20.2.4 METARs / TAFs .......................................................................................636
20.2.5 SIGMETs .................................................................................................637
20.2.6 Organized Track System .........................................................................638
20.2.7 NOTAMs..................................................................................................639
20.3 HTML Briefing..................................................................................................644
20.3.1 Navigation Sidebar ..................................................................................644
CONTENTS
20.3.2 Viewing Pane ..........................................................................................647
20.3.3 Adverse Conditions .................................................................................649
20.3.4 Synopsis .................................................................................................652
20.3.5 Current Weather......................................................................................654
20.3.6 Forecasts ................................................................................................657
20.3.7 NOTAMs..................................................................................................661
20.4 Printing and Sharing ........................................................................................664
20.4.1 PDF Printing / Sharing ............................................................................665
20.4.2 HTML Printing / Sharing ..........................................................................665
20.4.3 Adding Markups ......................................................................................666
SCRATCHPADS ................................................................................................667
21.1 Design .............................................................................................................667
21.2 Selecting a Template .......................................................................................668
21.3 Creating ScratchPads .....................................................................................669
21.3.1 Using the Pen Tool ..................................................................................669
21.3.2 Using Text ...............................................................................................670
21.4 Editing ScratchPads ........................................................................................670
21.5 Saving ScratchPads ........................................................................................671
21.6 Renaming ScratchPads ...................................................................................671
21.7 Deleting ScratchPads ......................................................................................672
21.8 Reordering ScratchPads .................................................................................672
21.9 Exporting ScratchPads ....................................................................................673
21.10 Attaching ScratchPads to Flights ...................................................................674
CUSTOM CONTENT .........................................................................................675
22.1 Creating Custom Content ................................................................................676
22.2 User Waypoints ...............................................................................................676
22.2.1 User Waypoint Fields ..............................................................................676
22.2.2 Creating User Waypoints - Maps View ...................................................677
22.2.3 Creating User Waypoints - Map Search..................................................678
22.2.4 Creating User Waypoints - Custom Content View ..................................679
22.3 Multiple User Waypoints (Bulk Import) ............................................................680
22.4 Creating CSV Files ..........................................................................................680
22.4.1 CSV File Field Formatting .......................................................................681
22.4.2 Naming User Waypoint CSV Files ..........................................................681
22.5 KML User Waypoints .......................................................................................682
22.5.1 Creating KML User Waypoint Files .........................................................682
22.6 Importing User Waypoints ...............................................................................683
22.6.1 Importing a CSV or KML/KMZ file ...........................................................684
22.7 Custom Map Layers ........................................................................................685
CONTENTS
22.7.1 Creating Custom Map Layers .................................................................685
22.7.2 Supported Data Types ............................................................................686
22.7.3 Waypoints ...............................................................................................686
22.7.4 Label and Icon - Style and Color .............................................................690
22.7.5 Lines .......................................................................................................692
22.7.6 Shapes ....................................................................................................693
22.8 Importing Custom Maps ..................................................................................694
22.9 Custom Charts ................................................................................................695
22.10 Custom Plates (BYOP) ..................................................................................696
22.10.1 BYOP Naming Convention....................................................................696
22.10.2 Importing Plates (BYOP) .......................................................................698
22.11 Content Packs ...............................................................................................699
22.11.1 Package Contents .................................................................................700
22.11.2 Creating Content Packs ........................................................................700
22.11.3 Adding Content to Subfolders................................................................701
22.11.4 Manifest .................................................................................................701
22.11.5 Effective & Expiration Dates ..................................................................702
22.11.6 Disable Content Pack Sharing ..............................................................703
22.11.7 NavData ................................................................................................704
22.11.8 Layers....................................................................................................706
22.11.9 Importing Content Packs .......................................................................706
22.11.10 Content Pack Cloud Drive Integration .................................................707
22.11.11 Automatic Content Pack Download .....................................................708
22.11.12 Updating Content Packs......................................................................709
22.11.13 Content Pack Sharing .........................................................................709
TRACK LOGS ...................................................................................................710
23.1 Design..............................................................................................................711
23.1.1 Track Log Summary ................................................................................712
23.1.2 Track Log Map ........................................................................................713
23.1.3 Track Log Graph .....................................................................................714
23.2 Required Equipment ........................................................................................715
23.2.1 External GPS ..........................................................................................715
23.2.2 Built-In GPS ............................................................................................716
23.2.3 Background Recording ...........................................................................716
23.3 Recording Track Logs .....................................................................................717
23.3.1 Automatically Recording Track Logs .......................................................717
23.3.2 Manually Recording Track Logs ..............................................................719
23.3.3 Recording with a Flight Data Recorder ...................................................720
23.3.4 Importing G1000 Track Logs ...................................................................723
23.3.5 Marked Positions in Track Logs ..............................................................726
CONTENTS
23.4 Track Log Review ............................................................................................727
23.4.1 Animating Track Logs ..............................................................................727
23.4.2 Track Log Info .........................................................................................729
23.5 Track Log 3D Review ......................................................................................732
23.5.1 Design .....................................................................................................732
23.5.2 3D Review Camera Modes .....................................................................734
23.5.3 Time Slider ..............................................................................................735
23.6 Trimming Track Logs .......................................................................................736
23.7 Combining Track Logs .....................................................................................739
23.8 Deleting Track Logs .........................................................................................740
23.9 Sharing Track Logs .........................................................................................741
23.9.1 Logbook ..................................................................................................741
23.9.2 Mail .........................................................................................................741
23.9.3 ForeFlight.com ........................................................................................741
23.9.4 OPEN KML IN … ....................................................................................742
23.10 Track Logs on ForeFlight Web ......................................................................743
23.10.1 ForeFlight Web Track Log Map .............................................................743
23.10.2 Track Log Download .............................................................................743
FOREFLIGHT CONNECT .................................................................................744
24.1 Supported Devices ..........................................................................................744
24.1.1 Supported Portable Devices ...................................................................745
24.1.2 Supported Garmin Avionics.....................................................................746
24.1.3 Other Supported Panel Avionics .............................................................748
24.1.4 GDL 90 Data Interface ............................................................................750
24.2 Connecting to External Devices ......................................................................751
24.2.1 Wi-Fi Devices .........................................................................................751
24.2.2 Bluetooth Devices ...................................................................................753
24.2.3 Garmin Avionics ......................................................................................754
24.2.4 Multiple Device Connections ...................................................................755
24.2.5 Avidyne Remote Wi-Fi Pairing ................................................................758
24.3 Device Tiles .....................................................................................................759
24.3.1 Device Capabilities .................................................................................759
24.4 Device Information ..........................................................................................760
24.4.1 General Device Information ....................................................................761
24.4.2 ADS-B Data .............................................................................................762
24.4.3 SiriusXM Information ...............................................................................763
24.4.4 Traffic Information ...................................................................................764
24.4.5 Device Settings .......................................................................................765
24.5 GPS .................................................................................................................771
24.5.1 Multiple GPS Data Sources ....................................................................771
CONTENTS
24.5.2 GPS Accuracy .........................................................................................771
24.5.3 Use As GPS Setting ................................................................................773
24.5.4 iOS Location Services .............................................................................774
24.6 Attitude Indicator (AHRS) ................................................................................775
24.6.1 Calibrating AHRS ....................................................................................776
24.6.2 Calibrating the Source (Installed Devices) ..............................................778
24.6.3 Calibrating with ForeFlight ......................................................................778
24.6.4 Resetting AHRS with ForeFlight .............................................................779
24.6.5 Auto Zero Pitch and Bank .......................................................................779
24.6.6 Multiple AHRS Sources ...........................................................................779
24.7 ADS-B Traffic ...................................................................................................781
24.7.1 ADS-B Traffic Symbols ............................................................................782
24.7.2 Traffic Alerts ............................................................................................784
24.7.3 Traffic in Synthetic Vision ........................................................................784
24.7.4 Hiding Distant Traffic ...............................................................................785
24.7.5 Traffic Information Service Broadcast (TIS-B).........................................786
24.7.6 ADS-B and TIS-B Differences .................................................................787
24.7.7 ADS-B Ownship ......................................................................................789
24.7.8 False Traffic Targets ................................................................................792
24.7.9 Traffic Breadcrumbs ................................................................................792
24.8 ADS-B Weather (FIS-B)...................................................................................793
24.8.1 ADS-B Towers .........................................................................................794
24.8.2 FIS-B Look-Ahead Range .......................................................................796
24.8.3 Dynamic Map Layer Source and Status .................................................797
24.8.4 ADS-B Radar ..........................................................................................799
24.8.5 ADS-B Cloud Tops ..................................................................................801
24.8.6 ADS-B Icing .............................................................................................802
24.8.7 ADS-B Turbulence ..................................................................................803
24.8.8 ADS-B Freezing Levels ...........................................................................804
24.8.9 ADS-B AIRMETs, SIGMETs, CWAs ........................................................805
24.8.10 ADS-B PIREPs ......................................................................................806
24.8.11 ADS-B Lightning ....................................................................................807
24.8.12 ADS-B METARs ....................................................................................808
24.8.13 ADS-B TAFs ..........................................................................................808
24.8.14 ADS-B Special Use Airspace ................................................................809
24.8.15 ADS-B NOTAMs ....................................................................................810
24.8.16 ADS-B Winds & Temperatures Aloft ......................................................812
24.9 SiriusXM Weather............................................................................................813
24.9.1 Supported Receivers ..............................................................................813
24.9.2 SiriusXM Supported Weather Products ..................................................813
24.9.3 SiriusXM Radar .......................................................................................814
CONTENTS
24.9.4 SiriusXM METARs...................................................................................816
24.9.5 SiriusXM TAFs ........................................................................................818
24.9.6 SiriusXM TFRs ........................................................................................819
24.9.7 SiriusXM AIR/SIGMET/CWA ...................................................................820
24.9.8 SiriusXM Lightning ..................................................................................821
24.9.9 SiriusXM Turbulence ...............................................................................821
24.9.10 SiriusXM Icing .......................................................................................822
24.9.11 SiriusXM Freezing Levels......................................................................823
24.9.12 SiriusXM PIREPs ..................................................................................824
24.9.13 SiriusXM Surface Analysis ....................................................................825
24.9.14 SiriusXM Winds/Temps Aloft .................................................................826
24.9.15 SiriusXM Cloud Tops .............................................................................827
24.9.16 SiriusXM Surface Wind Analysis ...........................................................828
24.9.17 SiriusXM Surface Visibility Forecast .....................................................829
24.10 SiriusXM Radio ..............................................................................................830
24.10.1 Setting up SiriusXM Radio ....................................................................830
24.10.2 Controlling SiriusXM Radio ...................................................................831
24.11 Flight Plan Transfer........................................................................................832
24.11.1 Route Elements .....................................................................................832
24.11.2 Maximum Route Elements ....................................................................833
24.11.3 Sending Routes .....................................................................................833
24.11.4 Loading Routes .....................................................................................835
24.12 FLARM ..........................................................................................................836
24.12.1 SkyEcho 2 FLARM ................................................................................837
ALERTS .............................................................................................................838
25.1 Alert Types .......................................................................................................838
25.2 Setting Up Alerts ..............................................................................................839
25.2.1 Enabling Audible Alerts ...........................................................................840
25.2.2 Enabling Headset Alerts ..........................................................................840
25.2.3 Disabling Individual Alerts .......................................................................840
25.2.4 Customizing Airspace Alerts ...................................................................840
25.3 Available Alerts ................................................................................................840
25.3.1 500’ AGL Alerts........................................................................................840
25.3.2 Cabin Altitude Alerts ................................................................................841
25.3.3 Transition Altitude Alert ...........................................................................841
25.3.4 Runway Proximity Alerts .........................................................................842
25.3.5 Runway Final Approach Alerts ................................................................843
25.3.6 Sink Rate Alerts ......................................................................................843
25.3.7 Terrain/Obstacle Alerts ............................................................................844
25.3.8 Airborne Traffic Alerts ..............................................................................845
CONTENTS
25.3.9 Traffic on Runway Alerts .........................................................................846
25.3.10 Traffic On Short Final Alerts ..................................................................847
25.3.11 Device Temperature Alerts ....................................................................848
25.3.12 Airspace Alerts ......................................................................................849
25.3.13 Device Disconnect ................................................................................852
25.3.14 Flight Plan Auto Update ........................................................................852
25.3.15 Connected Portable Device Low Battery ..............................................853
25.3.16 Destination WX Frequency Alerts .........................................................853
25.3.17 TFR Alerts .............................................................................................854
JETFUELX .........................................................................................................856
26.1 Supported Fuel Vendors ..................................................................................857
26.2 Fuel Card Setup and Management .................................................................857
26.2.1 Applying for Contract Fuel Accounts .......................................................858
26.2.2 Adding Fuel Cards ..................................................................................859
26.2.3 Automatic Price Updates .........................................................................860
26.2.4 Manual Price Updates .............................................................................861
26.2.5 Fuel Card Status Messages ....................................................................863
26.2.6 Editing Fuel Cards ..................................................................................865
26.2.7 Removing Fuel Cards .............................................................................866
26.3 Contract Fuel Prices at Each Airport ...............................................................867
26.3.1 The FBO List View ..................................................................................867
26.3.2 FBO Details View ....................................................................................868
26.4 Locating Contract Fuel Vendors in ForeFlight .................................................870
26.4.1 Vendors on the Maps View .....................................................................870
26.4.2 Vendors on the Airports View ..................................................................871
26.4.3 Vendors on the Plates View ....................................................................872
26.4.4 Vendors on the Flights View....................................................................873
26.5 Fuel Release Requests ...................................................................................873
ANNOTATIONS .................................................................................................874
27.1 Design .............................................................................................................874
27.2 Annotation Types .............................................................................................875
27.2.1 iPad Annotations .....................................................................................875
27.2.2 iPhone Annotations .................................................................................875
27.3 Adding and Editing Annotations .......................................................................876
27.3.1 Drawing ...................................................................................................876
27.3.2 Rectangle ................................................................................................877
27.3.3 Ellipse (Circle) .........................................................................................878
27.3.4 Line ........................................................................................................879
27.3.5 Polygon ..................................................................................................880
27.3.6 Polyline ..................................................................................................881
CONTENTS
27.3.7 Text Box .................................................................................................882
27.3.8 Note .......................................................................................................884
27.3.9 Undo/Redo ..............................................................................................885
27.4 Selecting Multiple Annotations ........................................................................885
27.5 Copying and Pasting an Annotation ................................................................885
27.6 Deleting Annotations .......................................................................................885
SUPPLEMENTAL GUIDES ...............................................................................886
Checklist Guide .......................................................................................................886
Logbook Guide ........................................................................................................886
Weight & Balance Guide .........................................................................................887
Passenger Guide .....................................................................................................887
Filing Guide .............................................................................................................887
CHANGE HISTORY ...........................................................................................888
DEFINITIONS
Abbreviation Definition
AC Advisory Circular
ACARS Aircraft Communications Addressing and Reporting System
ADIZ Air Defense Identification Zone
ADS-B Automatic Dependent Surveillance - Broadcast
ADS-C Automatic Dependent Surveillance - Contract
AFM Aircraft Flight Manual
AFTN Aeronautical Fixed Telecommunication Network
AIP Aeronautical Information Publication
AIRAC Aeronautical Information Regulation and Control
ALT Altitude
ALTRV Altitude Reservation
APV Approach with Vertical Guidance
AR Authorization Required
ATC Air Traffic Control
ATFM Air Traffic Flow Management
ATFMX Air Traffic Flow Management Exempt
ATIS Automatic Terminal Information Service
ATN Aeronautical Telecommunications Network
BRNAV Basic Area Navigation
CASA Civil Aviation Safety Authority (Australia)
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
COM Communication
CPDLC Controller Pilot Data Link Communication
CTOT Calculated Takeoff Times
D-FIS Data Link Flight Information Service
DA Decision Altitude
DEFINITIONS
Abbreviation Definition
DAT Data
DEST Destination
DLE Delay
DME Distance Measuring Equipment
DOF Date of Flight
DVFR Defense Visual Flight Rules
EET Estimated Elapsed Time
EFC Expect Further Clearance
ELT Emergency Locator Transmitter
EOBT Estimated Off-Block Time
ES Extended Squitter
ETD Estimated Time of Departure
ETP Equal Time Point
FAA Federal Aviation Administration
FANS Future Air Navigation Systems
FFR FireFighting
FIC Flight Information Centre (Canada)
FIR Flight Information Region
FL Flight Level
FLTCK Flight Check
FMC Flight Management Computer
FMS Flight Management System
FS Flight Suspension
GBAS Ground Based Augmentation System
GLONASS Global Navigation Satellite System
GLS Glide Slope
GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
DEFINITIONS
Abbreviation Definition
GPH Gallons Per Hour
GPS Global Positioning System
GPU Ground Power Unit
GSL Geometric altitude relative to Sea Level
HAZMAT Hazardous Material
HEAD Head of State
HLA High Level Airspace
HFDL High Frequency Data Link
HOSP Hospital
HSI Horizontal Situation Indicator
HUM Humanitarian
ICAO International Civil Aviation Organization
IFR Instrument Flight Rules
ILS Instrument Landing System
INMARSAT International Marine/Maritime Satellite
INS Inertial Navigation System
IRU Inertial Reference Unit
kHZ Kilohertz
KM Kilometers
LNAV Lateral Navigation
LORAN Long-Range Aid to Navigation
LPH Liters Per Hour
LPV Localizer Precision with Vertical Guidance
MARSA Military Separation
MEA Minimum Enroute Altitude
MEDEVAC Medical Evacuation
MFB Military Flight Bag
DEFINITIONS
Abbreviation Definition
MHz Megahertz
MLS Microwave Landing System
MNPS Minimum Navigation Performance Specifications
MTSAT Multi-functional Satellite Augmentation System
NAV Navigation
NM Nautical Miles
NOTAM Notice to Air Missions
OEI One Engine Inoperative
OPR Operator
ORGN Originator
PBN Performance Based Navigation
PDC Pre-Departure Clearance
PDF Portable Document Format
PER Performance Category
PPH Pounds Per Hour
RALT Enroute Alternate Aerodrome
RCP Required Communication Performance
REG Registration
RF Radius to Fix
RIF Route to Revised Destination
RMK Remarks
RNAV Area Navigation
RNP Required Navigation Performance
RPT Regular Public Transport
RTF Radiotelephone
RVR Runway Visual Range
RVSM Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum
DEFINITIONS
Abbreviation Definition
SAR Search and Rescue
SATCOM Satellite Communication
SBAS Satellite-Based Augmentation System
SEL Selective Calling (SELCAL)
SELCAL Selective Calling
SFRA Special Flight Rules Area
SID Standard Instrument Departure
STAR Standard Terminal Arrival
STAYINF Stay Information
STS Special Handling Reason
SUR Surveillance
SV Synthetic Vision
TACAN Tactical Air Navigation
TALT Take-off Alternate
TEC Terminal Enroute Control
TSO Technical Standard Orders
TYP Type
UAT Universal Access Transceiver
UHF Ultra High Frequency
VDL Very-High Datalink Frequency
VHF Very-High Frequency
VNAV Vertical Navigation
VOR Very High Frequency Omnidirectional Radio Range
WAAS Wide Area Augmentation System
WPR Waypoint Position Reporting
YFR Initially an IFR flight that changes to use other flight rules
ZFR Initially a VFR flight that changes to use other flight rules
GETTING STARTED
ForeFlight Mobile is the essential aviation mobile application that combines preflight,
in-flight, and post-flight tools into a single, intuitive mobile application. This guide will
help you learn about and take advantage of all the capabilities available in ForeFlight
Mobile.
ForeFlight should be installed on a device with the latest iPad or iOS operating system.
For assistance with choosing an iPad, visit foreflight.com/support/buying-guide.
To get started, download ForeFlight Mobile from the Apple App Store. For more
information, visit foreflight.com/support/getting-started.
Additional guides for Filing Flight Plans, using Logbook, Checklist, Weight & Balance,
and Search & Rescue are available in the ForeFlight Mobile Documents > ForeFlight
drive.
NOTE: This guide presumes a basic level of iPad/iPhone proficiency. If you are new
to iOS devices, we recommend visiting Apple iPad Support as well as the iPad User
Guide at support.apple.com/manuals/.
Individual Business
Basic Pro Performance
Features Plus Plus Plus Pro Performance
Aeronautical Map
High-Resolution Base Map
Flight Planning
Flight Plan Filing
Weather
En Route Charts
Airport Data
FBO Information
Global Navigation Data
ForeFlight Airport Diagrams
Jeppesen VFR Procedures
Optional Data Packages
Weight & Balance
Logbook
Checklist
Avionics Connectivity
Printable NavLog
Documents Catalog
Flight Notifications
Content Packs
Track Logs
Breadcrumbs
1.1 Navigation
ForeFlight Mobile is comprised of various views (also commonly referred to as pages).
Each view represents a distinct aspect of ForeFlight functionality such as Airports,
Maps, and Plates. Views either display full-screen or in a pop-up modal over the active
view.
You can access a view by tapping its tab in the navigation toolbar or the slide-over
menu (via the More tab). This functionality is described later in this section.
Pop-up menu
Slide-over
menu
Navigation Toolbar
1. Tap More.
2. Tap Edit Tab Order.
3. Touch-hold the 3-stacked-line icon next to the tab you
wish to move.
4. Slide the tab up or down to the desired position.
5. Tap Save.
To restore the original default tab order:
1. Tap More.
2. Tap Edit Tab Order.
3. Tap Restore to Default Order. Editing Tab Order
4. Tap Save.
1.2 Timer/Stopwatch
The bottom of the More menu includes a count down timer and a count up stopwatch.
Tap the arrow to change between count up or count down mode. Only one timer can
run at a time. If the timer or stopwatch is active, tapping the arrow will stop the timer
and change to the other style.
Stopwatch
ForeFlight provides in-app audio and visual alerts when the timer counts down to zero.
If ForeFlight is in the background or closed when the timer expires, your device will
display an iOS notification with the same information. Enable ForeFlight iOS
notifications in the iPad or iPhone Settings app > Notifications.
Timer
Light Theme
Dark Theme
2.1 Subscriptions
When downloading ForeFlight Mobile for the first time, a 30-day free trial begins
automatically. The free trial includes all Performance Plus features, excluding the items
listed below:
• Submitting comments.
• Submitting fuel price updates.
• Filing flight plans.
• Specialized add-ons such as Dispatch or Runway Analysis.
After the free trial, a paid subscription is required. You can purchase a subscription at
any time and do not have to wait for the trial to expire. No credit for unused portions of
a trial is issued.
NOTE: The trial period will include standard data from all regions. When converting
the plan from a trial to one of ForeFlights user plans, operational regions must be
selected.
Devices with iOS or iPadOS 16 and later can assign a name within the ForeFlight
Mobile app under More > Account > Device Name. To specify the device name:
You can also use foreflight.com/manage to change your email address, password and
manage which devices are associated with your account.
2.4 Notifications
Receive new feature releases, special offers, and event push notifications by selecting
More > Account > Notifications and turning on Marketing Push Notifications. This
setting affects all devices signed in to your account. A change made on one device is
reflected on all other devices.
Taxi Routes
Your current position is the starting point when at an airport. If you create a User
Waypoint at a location on the airport, the user waypoint will show as a location option
in brown, such as “HANGAR-EXAMPLE.”
ForeFlight automatically creates a taxi route between the two specified points. Edit the
route by tapping taxiway names, hold short and crossing locations, back taxi or runway
taxi instructions, and other options.
Your taxi route is displayed on the moving map and airport diagram in Plates. Tap the
route on the map to clear it or to make additional edits. To remove the Taxi Route, tap
the route line and choose Clear.
Taxi Route is not supported at all airports. The Taxi Route map is not interactive and is
for advisory purposes only.
For full details, see the ForeFlight Weight & Balance Guide in Documents >
ForeFlight or at foreflight.com/wb-guide.
Jeppesen coverage purchased through ForeFlight includes terminal charts for the
selected region and global en route charts. All terminal procedures for the selected
region are included except for those that Jeppesen designates as part of a special
chart coverage. Special chart coverage is generally reserved for military airfields.
Contact [email protected] to inquire about Jeppesen special chart coverage for
the airports in your region.
When Jeppesen coverage is purchased for ForeFlight Mobile, the available coverage is
depicted in More > Jeppesen > Jeppesen Downloads. After purchasing coverage,
the charts can be downloaded in More > Downloads. When Jeppesen coverage is
purchased for ForeFlight Web, the charts are available from within the Airport Details
popup menus on the Maps View or Flights View, or in Dispatch.
If purchasing additional Jeppesen coverage from ForeFlight, delete and reinstall the
currently downloaded Jeppesen terminal procedures to view the new coverage. To
delete Jeppesen terminal procedures, select More > Downloads and swipe from right
to left on the Jeppesen Terminal Procedures download.
Jeppesen Regions
The electronic coverage associated with your Jeppesen account is depicted after
establishing the link. Jeppesen charts must be installed (and downloaded) on your
device before you can view them. Linking a Jeppesen account with ForeFlight Mobile
in-app is available exclusively for individual ForeFlight accounts.
Jeppesen charts are only available on ForeFlight Mobile. ForeFlight Web is used
exclusively to establish the integration and to manage the devices using the Jeppesen
charts.
The Jeppesen charts available for download combine purchased coverage and linked
coverage. For example, if South America coverage is purchased through ForeFlight,
and two linked Jeppesen coverages are established (Europe and Africa), the devices
can download the purchased (South America) coverage and have the option to install
either Europe or Africa, but not both.
Multi-pilot ForeFlight account managers can link Jeppesen accounts using ForeFlight’s
web application. All iOS devices on a multi-pilot account automatically sign in to
Jeppesen when an administrator links the account. Pilots can install and download any
coverage included in the linked Jeppesen account. Account managers can see which
users have installed coverages under the Installed section of the Jeppesen tab on the
web.
Removing Coverage
Each time Jeppesen charts are installed on a device, the device uses one of the
available Jeppesen seats. The number of seats available is displayed on the More >
Jeppesen page. If there are no available seats, the charts will not be available for
installation. You’ll need to purchase additional seats or remove the coverage from
another device.
Linked Jeppesen coverage information updates automatically in the app when your
device is connected to the Internet. If the information shown is not what you expect
(such as, the Seats Available does not change after removing coverage on another
device), tap Reload one time. If reloading once does not resolve the issue, contact the
Pilot Support Team at [email protected] for assistance.
Reload Button
NOTE: Only one linked Jeppesen coverage can be installed at a time. It is not
possible to install multiple linked coverages.
Jeppesen Settings
Display VFR Theme enables the Jeppesen (VFR) en route chart and VFR terminal
procedures (Europe). This setting is disabled by default. When the Display VFR Theme
setting is disabled, the Jeppesen (VFR) chart is removed from the Maps drop-down
menu, and VFR terminal procedures are removed from the Procedures list.
Show Chart Index Numbers displays a procedure's index number below the
procedure name in chart lists. Jeppesen index numbers (at the top of every terminal
procedure) are usually three or four digit numbers enclosed in an oval. The index
number helps to sort airports within a city and procedures within an airport.
NOTE: A Pro Plus or higher subscription is required to overlay plates on the Maps
view. If you add Jeppesen terminal charts to a Basic Plus plan, they will only be
viewable in the Plates and Airports views.
NOTE: Jeppesen en route charts are not available when using the following devices:
iPad Mini 1, iPad 2, iPad 3, and iPhone 5 and earlier.
En route charts are available in the Maps view layer selector, at the top just under the
Aeronautical layer.
Jeppesen Settings
Map Theme Choose between a Light and Dark map theme. The Dark Theme
inverts black and white while preserving other colors.
Airports Show or hide airport markers and labels, including private airports and
helipads. Zooming into large airports will reveal their runway
configuration.
Airways Show or hide VFR Show or hide IFR low Show or hide IFR high
corridors and IFR low airways, including airways, including
airways, including labels, MEAs, labels, altitudes and
labels, MEAs, MOCAs, and radials radials from navaids.
MOCAs, and radials from navaids.
from navaids.
Waypoints Show or hide VFR Show or hide IFR low Show or hide IFR high
waypoints and IFR waypoints. waypoints.
low waypoints.
Navaids Show or hide navigation aids and labels, including NDBs, VOR-
TACANs, and VOR-DMEs.
Jeppesen documents will remain on the device for as long as the Jeppesen coverage
is installed. Jeppesen Airway Manuals can be printed but cannot be shared via email.
Jeppesen Documents
Select More > Downloads to access the Downloads view. The Downloads view
displays all installed data with a green checkmark. Tap Data Settings and Region
Settings to make download selections.
Required
Downloads
High-Resolution
Terrain
High-Resolution
Basemap
Taxi Diagrams
Downloads View
NOTE: The following Data and Region settings in the downloads view have no effect
on Jeppesen charts.
High-resolution basemap and terrain downloads are not associated with region
settings. Selecting a high-resolution basemap and terrain download installs the data
regardless of subscription type and region settings. After making data setting
selections, tap the Downloads back button to return to the Downloads view to make
region selections or to begin downloading.
Back
Button
Selected
Data Types
Data Settings
Tap a region to expand the menu. The download size (e.g., 573 MB) is listed to the
right of the state, province, country, or region. Download size is dynamic and varies
based on the selected data types (e.g., IFR Low Charts) and available data. A message
is displayed after selecting the region if a data type is unavailable.
After region selections have been made, tap the Downloads back button to return to
the Downloads view to make data setting selections or to begin downloading.
Back
Button
Download
Size
Selected
Region
Region Settings
To install an individual download, tap the blue arrow. To download all pending
downloads, tap Download at the bottom of the screen. The number of pending
downloads and the size of pending downloads are displayed at the bottom of the
Downloads view.
Pending Downloads
A progress bar is displayed at the bottom of the view when actively downloading data.
The progress bar depicts the size of the active downloads.
Active Downloads
Stop all downloads anytime by tapping the Pause button at the bottom of the
Downloads view. Stop individual downloads by tapping the pause button associated
with the download. Downloads will continue where they left off when resumed.
Completed downloads display a green checkmark. When all pending downloads are
complete, the Download button is disabled.
If data has not yet been downloaded to your device, ForeFlight will display the data
over the air using your device’s internet connection. Viewing data over the air should
only be done on the ground. Cellular internet connections are often unreliable when
you fly. As a result, if you attempt to view charts over the air as you’re flying, they may
be unavailable or appear blurry. Downloading any data you may need for flight prior to
takeoff is the recommended practice.
NOTE: Blurry charts are an indication that your charts are not downloaded.
When updated data is available for download, a red badge with a number appears on
the More button. The number on the badge corresponds to the number of downloads
available for the next data cycle. Select More > Downloads and tap the Download
button to download the future data cycle. ForeFlight will continue to display the current
data until the expiration date, also known as the changeover date. ForeFlight
automatically displays the new data at the changeover date and removes the expired
data from your device. Changeover occurs at a specific time of day based on the
device's geographical location.
Downloaded
Data
Active
Download
Pending
Download
Active Download
Download All Pending
Progress Data
Downloading Data
All pending downloads are downloaded in a single file when background downloads are
enabled. Background downloads may take longer than those done in the foreground.
Disabling background downloads is recommended if downloading over a slow internet
connection or with a device with limited storage space.
Data downloaded in the background is installed the next time ForeFlight Mobile is
opened.
For a given device, the changeover time is determined by the device’s current
geographical location, not the data itself. For example, European data becomes
effective at 0901Z if the device is located in the United States.
To delete an individual download (expired or active), swipe your finger from right to left
across the entry. If the deleted data is selected in your download settings, you’ll be
prompted to download the data again.
Downloads can also be deleted by tapping Delete > Delete All Downloads or Delete
Expired at the top of the Downloads view. Deleting all downloads removes all installed
downloads from your device. Deleting expired downloads only removes data that has
expired and is still on your device.
1. Disconnect your device from Wi-Fi (if applicable) and enable Airplane Mode. This
will keep ForeFlight from retrieving data over the Internet, as would happen in
flight.
2. Open ForeFlight Mobile, go to the Airports page, and view airports along your
route. Verify airport procedures indicate they are Saved on the Airports or Maps
views.
3. Open Maps and select any en route charts you may need in flight. Zoom in to the
airports you will be flying to and ensure the charts are not blurry.
Download time can vary depending on the amount of data you are downloading. For
example, if downloading all items for the United States, approximately 10GB of data is
downloaded. Even on a fast Wi-Fi connection, this will take significant time.
ForeFlight recommends only downloading data for regions you will fly within or near.
Doing so will save significant time and disk space. If a download fails, ForeFlight
automatically reattempts the download. If you see a red error message on the
download, the additional attempts were unsuccessful, and the download will need to be
manually attempted.
Troubleshooting tips:
• Reboot your iPad.
• Use another network or cellular data.
• Reboot your router.
• Temporarily disable or delete Virtual Private Networks (VPN).
• Temporarily disable or delete anti-virus applications.
Settings specific to a feature may also be found within that feature’s view. For
example, map-related settings can be found in the main settings menu and on the
Maps view by tapping the Map Settings (gear) button. Conversely, Logbook settings
are exclusively available in More > Logbook > Settings.
Brightness Slider
Light and dark themes provide additional settings for adjusting the individual elements
within ForeFlight. For example, when dark theme is enabled, the color of plates can be
inverted. The individual Light and Dark settings ultimately determine ForeFlight’s
appearance.
The Light setting results in menus with white backgrounds. The Dark setting results in
menus with a dark blue background. The Aeronautical Map Theme controls whether
the ForeFlight base map should be Light (tan), Dark (dark blue), or Classic (light
brown).
Inverted plates and documents use black backgrounds and white text. When inverted
colors are enabled, the colors on plates, charts, and documents are also inverted.
Plates, charts, and documents can be inverted with the light or dark theme.
Light Settings
Dark Settings
If this setting is disabled, the Airports view displays the last viewed tab and the Maps
sidebar displays the airport info tab.
To center the map on your location, tap the auto-center (bullseye) button in the upper
toolbar. When auto-center is enabled, the button is highlighted. If the map is not
centered on your location, the map is orientated north up.
An extended centerline runway label can be tapped to display information about the
runway, including winds, length, surface type, lighting, elevation, and associated
procedures.
Extended Centerlines
While your track direction is changing at more than two degrees-per-second (i.e., the
aircraft is turning), the track vector changes to a curve in the direction of your turn.
Color
The default aircraft icon color is blue. When a new color is selected, it applies both to
the aircraft icon and its animated position pulse on the Maps and Plates views.
Shape
The default aircraft icon shape is the ForeFlight Airplane. Additional shapes include
other fixed-wing and rotary-wing aircraft.
• In the Navigation Toolbar, tap More > Settings and then scroll down to the Map
View list and tap Hazards.
• On the Maps view, tap the Map Layer Selector, turn on the Hazard Advisor
layer, and tap the settings (gear) icon to the right of the Map Legend at the
bottom of the screen.
• On the Maps view, tap FPL to open the Route Editor, tap Profile to open the
Profile view, and tap the settings (gear) icon on the bottom edge of the Profile
view drawer.
Activation Speed
This setting controls when the selected Hazard Advisor altitude automatically changes
to the device’s current GPS altitude.
Corridor Activation
This setting controls when the Profile Corridor appears around the route line: Show
(always), Hide (never), or Automatic (whenever the Profile View or Hazard View are
displayed).
Corridor Width
This setting controls the area around your aircraft or the entire route inside which
obstacles presenting a collision risk are displayed. Changing this setting has the
following effects:
• The Profile Corridor, if enabled, expands or contracts around the route line
according to the Corridor Width. This may change the highest-point markers
displayed along each leg.
• On the Hazard Advisor map layer, when the Profile Corridor is active, Corridor
Width determines how far from the route centerline hazardous obstacles are
displayed on the map.
• On the Profile View, terrain and obstacles within half the distance of the selected
Corridor Width are shown. For example, when the width is 8 nm, obstacles and
terrain 4 nm on either side of the route centerline are depicted in the Profile
View.
• On the Profile View, the current Corridor Width is displayed as the "Route
Corridor” value in the top right corner.
Show
Annotations
5.7.14 Breadcrumbs
Breadcrumbs are a thin green line indicating your aircraft’s path since takeoff.
Quick
Filters
Marked
Positions
5.9 Checklist
Speak reads the Challenge or Challenge & Response portion of a checklist aloud.
5.11 Traffic
When connected to an ADS-B or FLARM receiver, Hide Distant Traffic (ADS-B/
FLARM) hides ADS-B and FLARM traffic that is more than 15 nautical miles or
3,500’ (above or below) your current GPS position.
The Traffic Breadcrumbs (ADS-B/FLARM) setting displays breadcrumbs for traffic
targets that have been tapped. This feature requires a Pro Plus or higher subscription
and a connected ADS-B or FLARM receiver. See Traffic Breadcrumbs for more
information.
5.13 Downloads
Download settings control how data is downloaded. For additional information, see the
Downloads chapter.
5.14 Pack
Enable Auto-Check automatically evaluates whether downloads are needed based on
the planned route. When this setting is enabled, Pack displays a red exclamation
badge when a new route is planned.
When disabled, Pack evaluates the route when the Pack suitcase button is tapped. It is
not possible to automatically pack for flights. Auto-check only evaluates your route to
see if new data can be downloaded.
5.16 Flights
Briefing Format specifies the type of briefing generated for your device, Graphical
HTML (U.S. only) or Graphical PDF (International). Flights outside the United States
default to the Graphical PDF briefing. Classic (Text) briefings are no longer supported
and will be removed in a future update.
Enable Fuel Orders exposes the Fuel Order field on the Flights view. The Fuel Order
field is used to create and send fuel orders to your destination FBO before the flight
(Performance tier accounts only).
5.18 Preferences
The Preferences section contains various settings.
5.18.1 Alerts
Alert settings control the behavior of in-app alerts. All alerts are displayed visually and
can be announced audibly. See the Alerts chapter for more information.
Speak All Alerts plays alerts audibly via your device’s speaker or a connected
headset. When toggled, a confirmation message is audibly played. Use the iPad/
iPhone volume buttons to adjust the volume.
5.18.2 Units/Time
The Units/Time menu contains the following settings:
• Times determine the timezone format. Local Time uses the device’s timezone.
Station Time uses the timezone of the weather station/airport. Zulu Time displays
time in UTC/GMT.
• Wind Speed specifies wind speed units (Knots, Miles per hour, Meters per
second).
• Pressure specifies pressure units (Inches of mercury, hPa/millibars).
• Temperature specifies temperature units (Celsius, Fahrenheit, Automatic). When
automatic is selected, weather sourced from official aviation sources (METARs,
TAF) is displayed in Celsius. Non-aviation sources (daily forecasts) use the iOS
device temperature format setting.
• Visibility specifies visibility format (Statute miles, Kilometers).
• Coordinates setting determines how coordinates are displayed in ForeFlight.
• DD.ddº degrees and hundredths of degrees.
• DDºMM.mm - degrees, minutes, and hundredths of minutes.
• DDºMM’SS” - degrees, minutes, and seconds.
• MGRS 6-/8-/10-digit - Military Grid Reference System with three precision
levels (more digits equates to greater precision).
• Aircraft Speed specifies airspeed and groundspeed units (Knots, Miles per hour,
Kilometers per hour).
• Always displays your location on the map when GPS accuracy is 100 meters or
better. The location marker is hidden if GPS accuracy is worse than 100 meters.
ForeFlight displays a dot with a pulsing halo when no motion is detected. When
motion is detected, ForeFlight displays the selected current location marker
orientated in the direction of the ground track with the pulsing halo.
Aircraft position is also displayed on approach plates and airport diagrams with a
Pro Plus or higher subscription.
When Always is selected, location is displayed on plates with a pulsing halo
when GPS accuracy is 25 meters or better. If GPS accuracy exceeds 25 meters,
the pulsing halo is hidden from plates. If GPS accuracy exceeds 100 meters, the
location marker and pulsing halo are hidden.
The location marker is hidden if GPS data is not received for 20 seconds.
• Never hides the location marker on maps and plates at all times.
• Limited displays the location marker on airport diagrams when the speed is less
than 80 knots. Above 80 knots, or when GPS location accuracy degrades below
25 meters, the location marker is hidden. In limited ownship mode, the location
marker is hidden if GPS data is not received within the past 3 seconds.
The location marker is not displayed on the map in limited ownship mode.
NOTE: Custom content (e.g., custom map layers and Content Packs) and plate
annotations are not synced to your account.
• Male defines the default weight for a male passenger or crew member.
• Female defines the default weight for a female passenger or crew member.
• Child defines the default weight for a child.
• Standard Deviation defines how much the standard weights are expected to
deviate. This value is only applied when using the standard weights curtailment
option (business or MFB subscription required).
6.2.2 Terrain
The Terrain setting offers three options:
On the dark side of the Earth, zooming in will cause the shading to disappear to allow
easy viewing of map data.
Cultural Elements
6.3 Aeronautical
Settings to customize the Aeronautical map are available when the Aeronautical map
layer is selected. When Aeronautical is not selected in the map layer menu,
Aeronautical settings are hidden. The following settings are available in the
Aeronautical section.
Aeronautical Settings
• Show Airports displays all selected airport types when enabled. When disabled,
all airport types are hidden from the map. This setting is also available at the top
of the Aeronautical Map quick filter as a quick filter button.
• Heliports displays or hides heliports on the Aeronautical map. When enabled,
heliports also appear in the nearby airport list.
• Private Airports displays or hides private airports on the Aeronautical map.
When enabled, private airports also appear in the nearby airport list.
• Seaplane Bases displays or hides seaplane bases on the Aeronautical map.
When enabled, seaplane bases also appear in the nearby airport list.
• Other Fields displays or hides any airport types not classified as an airport,
heliport, private heliport, or seaplane base.
• Min. Rwy Length displays or hides airports based on the total length of their
longest runway. By default, this field is set to None, and airports are displayed
regardless of their runway length. When changed to a number between 1,000 ft
(304 m) and 10,000 ft (3,047 m), airports that do not meet the minimum runway
length are hidden from the map. Heliports are also filtered out when this setting
is used.
Setting a minimum runway length also displays a blue quick access button on
the lower right corner of the map that can be used to view and change this
setting. The quick access button disappears when Min. Rwy Length is set back
to None.
CAUTION: The Min. Rwy Length represents the total length of the runway including
the displaced threshold. Review the relevant airport listings to determine the usable
portion of each runway.
Highlighted Dimmed
Airspace Airspace
Planned
Route
Hidden
Airspace
Class (B)
Hide
Airspace
Label
CAUTION: Pilots are responsible for ensuring compliance with all active airspace,
regardless of the Activation by NOTAM setting.
Customize Airspace
When disabled, only the airspace vertical limits are displayed as a single label, similar
to what can be found on a U.S. sectional chart. These label types do not adjust
dynamically and are only available in the United States.
Airway components (airways, navaids, and waypoints) can be toggled on and off to
reduce map clutter. Quick filter buttons for airways, navaids, and waypoints are
available on the map when Quick Filters are enabled.
Display Organized Tracks with the settings in the Airways & Waypoints section.
Organized tracks require a Performance Plus subscription.
• Show Boundaries toggles ARTCC, FIR, and ATC Sector Boundaries on and off.
• Low displays low altitude ARTCC, FIR, and ATC Sector Boundaries (when Show
Boundaries and ARTCC/FIR or ATC Sectors are enabled).
• High displays high altitude ARTCC, FIR, and ATC Sector Boundaries (when
Show Boundaries and ARTCC/FIR or ATC Sectors are enabled).
• ATRCC/FIRs toggles global ARTCC and FIR boundaries on and off.
• ATC Sectors toggles European ATC Sectors on and off. ATC Sectors are only
available in Europe.
ARTCC/FIR Settings
Quick filter buttons are located on the left side of the map and appear
Quick
when Quick Filters are enabled and the Aeronautical Map is selected. Filters
The Glide Advisor ring shows when your GPS altitude is more than 200 feet AGL.
When the Glide Advisor ring is displayed, a Glide Advisor label is shown in the lower-
right corner of the map. Tap the label to select a different aircraft profile or adjust the
aircraft’s glide characteristics. In the examples below, Glide Advisor demonstrates the
difference between flying over relatively flat terrain and rising terrain.
Glide Settings
Glide Advisor requires your aircraft’s glide ratio to be entered in a specific format. The
glide ratio should represent how far the aircraft can glide while losing a foot of altitude.
Some flight manuals provide glide ratios in this format. Most glide ratios for powered,
fixed-wing aircraft (excluding gliders) fall between 5 and 15. As a result, if your
aircraft’s glide ratio is 8:1, enter 8 into the glide ratio field and the corresponding best
glide speed.
Some flight manuals express glide ratios with different distance and altitude units. For
example, 1.3 nautical miles per 1000 feet. To determine the glide ratio in the proper
format, multiply the distance (1.3 nm) by the number of feet in a nautical mile
(6,076.12) and divide by 1000. Enter the result (7.9) in the glide ratio field.
6.5.9 Breadcrumbs
Breadcrumbs are a thin green line indicating your aircraft’s path since takeoff.
Breadcrumbs remain on the map for a specified amount of time. The amount of time is
set in the main settings menu by selecting More > Settings > Breadcrumbs Clear
After.
6.5.18 Alerts
Alert settings control the behavior of in-app alerts. All alerts are displayed visually and
can be announced audibly. See the Alerts chapter for more information.
• iOS Multitasking: ForeFlight Mobile 12.4 and later on the iPad supports iOS
Multitasking, allowing you to use ForeFlight in Split Screen or Slide Over with
other apps at the same time.
• Multiple Orientations: The iPad supports portrait and landscape orientation.
When you rotate an iPad from one orientation to another, an application typically
alters its user interface to better take advantage of the space supplied.
• Rotation Lock: Having the screen rotate isn’t always a good thing. Rotation lock
is helpful for preventing accidental rotation in turbulence. Newer iPads: Swipe
down from the upper-right corner of the screen to open the Control Center and
find the rotation lock soft-button. Older iPads: A physical switch is located above
the volume buttons. When switched on, this prevents an application from
changing its orientation. On some iPads, this switch instead functions as a
“mute” switch. You can change the function of this back to a “lock” switch by
using the iPad’s Settings application. Tap General, and use the options in the
Use Side Switch to: section. If this section is not displayed, you may need to
update your iPad’s version of the iOS operating system to enable this.
• Settings App: The iPad includes a special application called Settings. Within
Settings, you can modify the way the iPad and its applications behave.
ForeFlight-specific settings are addressed in the Settings section of this guide.
All ForeFlight settings are available in the More view of ForeFlight Mobile as
well.
• Brightness Control: There is a brightness control accessible in iPad Settings
app. It is also available for quick access in the Control Center by swiping-down
from the top of the screen. This control is helpful for reducing brightness at
night, or for dimming the screen during the day to preserve battery life.
For night use, if the iPad brightness control set to full dim (slider all the way to
the bottom) doesn’t dim the screen enough, use the brightness slider in
ForeFlight Mobile in the More view or at the top of the Maps Settings menu to
dim the screen further. The ForeFlight brightness slider integrates with the iPad’s
brightness slider, but allows for additional dimming beyond the lowest setting of
the iPad’s slider.
When you first open ForeFlight Mobile, you should see a pop-up asking you to allow
ForeFlight to find and connect to devices on your local network. To permit this, tap OK.
If you tap Don’t Allow but later need to enable Local Network access, you can do so in
either of two areas in Apple Settings:
For full details about how this works in ForeFlight Mobile, please take a few minutes to
review this video: Multitasking Support & Major Design Improvements.
This article from Apple is an excellent resource for how Split Screen and Slide Over
work on iPads: Use multitasking on your iPad.
Select More > Aircraft to access the Aircraft view. Aircraft profiles can be managed
with ForeFlight Web or ForeFlight Mobile. This guide primarily covers managing aircraft
profiles with ForeFlight Mobile.
Aircraft View
8.1 Design
The Aircraft View is divided into two columns. The left column lists the aircraft
associated with the account. Aircraft recently used for flight planning are listed at the
top.
When the Aircraft view is displayed, tap any aircraft to make it the active aircraft. The
selected aircraft is highlighted in blue, and its details are shown in the right column.
Accounts with many aircraft profiles can use the search bar at the top of the list to filter
the number of aircraft displayed. Filter aircraft by type or tail number. There’s no
practical limit to the number of aircraft profiles associated with an account. When using
an iPhone, navigate between the aircraft list and detail view by tapping the Aircraft
back button in the upper toolbar.
Aircraft Filter
Recent Aircraft
Aircraft Details
Selected
Aircraft
Aircraft View
8.2.1 General
The General section is where basic information about the aircraft is specified. Manually
enter or use the drop-down menus to complete the General section. Descriptions for
each field are listed below.
Tail Number is for specifying the registration number, including the country code for
the aircraft. Use only letters and numbers in the Tail Number field. The Tail Number
field is copied to the filing form when filing a flight plan.
Aircraft Type includes a built-in type code search engine. Enter the aircraft make or
model in the search box. Scroll through the list to find your aircraft and select the
appropriate type code.
NOTE: Ensure the aircraft type includes any applicable supplemental type
certificates.
Aircraft Color is where the colors of your aircraft are entered. Use the color wheels to
select the colors of your aircraft. The leftmost color is the base aircraft color.
Home Airport alllows for the entry of the ICAO code for the airport where the aircraft is
based.
Airspeed Units specify whether the aircraft shall use Knots or MPH.
Length Units specify if the aircraft uses Inches, Feet, Meters, Millimeters, or
Centimeters to calculate weight and balance.
There are three types of performance profiles. Aircraft can have multiple performance
profiles of each type.
By-Altitude profiles can only be created with ForeFlight Web. To create a custom by-
altitude profile, sign in to ForeFlight Web and select Aircraft from the sidebar. Select
an aircraft > select + Add Basic Performance Profile > By-Altitude Profile in the
performance section.
Enter climb and descent information for your aircraft. Include climb and descent fuel
flow at low and high ends of your aircraft’s operating range. ForeFlight will interpolate
climb and descent performance based on the entries.
Provide a name for the en route performance profile (e.g., Economy Cruise) and define
your aircraft’s Max Ceiling. Enter aircraft performance for every row up to the aircraft’s
max ceiling using the aircraft's performance charts/tables. When the table is complete,
select Save at the bottom of the screen.
Multiple custom profiles can be created if necessary. The custom profile can be set as
the aircraft’s default by selecting Make Default near the top of the screen. Custom
performance profiles can be selected in ForeFlight Mobile once complete.
ForeFlight performance profiles are comprised of detailed by-altitude climb, cruise, and
descent models for highly accurate flight planning results. When selecting an aircraft
type, the number of en route cruise performance models is depicted in blue.
IMPORTANT: Ensure the correct aircraft type is selected including serial number,
supplemental type certificate (STC), gross weight increase (GWI), and power plant
conversion.
It’s not possible to review specific performance values associated with a profile. For
example, if you wanted to know the true airspeed for the Max Cruise Power 1700 RPM
profile at FL180 and 4ºC, you would not be able to do that in ForeFlight. To determine
specific values, refer to the performance section of your aircraft’s flight manual.
A positive bias increases the planned true airspeed or fuel burn by the specific
percentage. A negative bias reduces the planned true airspeed or fuel burn by the
percentage specified.
To enter the aircraft’s glide information, enter a whole or decimal number in the Best
Glide Ratio field. For example, aircraft with an 8.5:1 glide ratio should enter 8.5.
Similarly, aircraft with a 9:1 glide ratio should enter 9. This field may be auto-populated
with manufacturer data.
8.2.4 Altitudes
The altitude section sets a default cruise and maximum altitude for the aircraft. The
Maximum Ceiling field sets the upper cut-off for the Altitude Advisor. Not entering a
value for Maximum Ceiling will result in the Altitude Advisor returning results up to
FL570.
The default cruise altitude is used when planning with ForeFlight Mobile and ForeFlight
Web. When planning with ForeFlight Dispatch, an optimal altitude for the route is
determined, and the default cruise altitude is ignored.
8.2.5 Weights
The weights section specifies the various aircraft weight limits.
• Weight Units allow an aircraft to use pounds or kilograms for flight planning.
• Basic Empty Weight should be edited to reflect the actual basic empty weight of
the aircraft.
• Max Zero Fuel Weight is an auto-populated value and should be verified. The
maximum weight the aircraft can weigh with zero fuel onboard is the maximum
zero fuel weight limit.
• Max Ramp Weight is an auto-populated value and should be verified.
• Max Takeoff Weight is an auto-populated value and should be verified.
• Max Landing Weight is an auto-populated value and should be verified.
If a prebuilt template does not exist for your aircraft, you can create a custom W&B
profile using the blank template. For detailed instructions on creating and using
ForeFlight Weight & Balance, refer to the Weight & Balance guide available in
Documents > ForeFlight.
NOTE: For detailed instructions on creating and using ForeFlight Weight & Balance,
refer to the Weight & Balance Guide available in Documents > ForeFlight.
• Fuel Type determines fuel weight based on the selected fuel’s density.
- 100LL and Other: 6.0 pounds per gallon.
- Jet-A and Jet-A Prist: 6.75 pounds per gallon.
• Fuel Units specify the aircraft’s fuel consumption format. Choose between
Gallons, Liters, Pounds, or Kilograms.
• Start/Taxi/Takeoff Fuel specifies the amount of fuel the aircraft will consume
during Start, Taxi, and Takeoff.
• Total Useable Fuel is an auto-populated value and should be verified. This
value should match the value in the aircraft's flight manual.
• For Reserve Policy see the next page.
• Default Reserve Fuel specifies the amount of reserve fuel when the Manual
reserve policy is the default.
For an explanation of how reserve fuel amounts are calculated, see Reserve Fuel in
the Flights chapter.
Manual
Manual (Minutes)
FAA Part 91/135
FAA Part 121
FAA Part 121 International
EASA Part NCC
EASA Commercial
CASA RPT
CASA Non-RPT
NOTE: Reserve Policy availability is based on the subscription’s region, not the
region of the planned flight. Dispatch customers have access to all Reserve Policies.
Aircraft Remarks appear on the flight plan form under the Remarks/Other Information
section and can be edited on a per-flight basis if needed. When a flight plan is filed,
the Aircraft Remarks are copied to the ICAO Flight Plan form under field 18 (Other
Information) preceded by RMK/.
8.2.9 Dingy
The Dinghy section specifies the type, capacity, and color of any dinghies carried
onboard the aircraft. If you carry more than one dingy, enter the count, total capacity
(i.e., 2, 10-person dinghies = 20 Persons), and color.
Aircraft - Dinghy
Life Jackets
• Fluorescein - Powder used to dye water (Sea dye)
• Light - Life preserver mounted light
• UHF - Ultra-high frequency portable radio
• VHF - Very-high frequency portable radio
Radios
• ELT - Emergency Locator Transmitter equipped
• UHF - Ultra-high frequency portable radio
• VHF - Very-high frequency portable radio
Survival
• Desert - Survival kit equipped for desert environments
• Jungle - Survival kit equipped for jungle environments
• Maritime - Survival kit equipped for maritime environments
• Polar - Survival kit equipped for polar environments
ForeFlight subscribers without Canada coverage can specify the information on the
filing form when planning VFR flights in Canada. If an ELT is set in the Emergency
section, the ELT Type should be specified in the Nav Canada section.
NavCanada Section
Aircraft are shared as read-only profiles. Shared aircraft are locked and cannot be
edited by the recipient. Modifications to a shared aircraft by the profile’s owner are
reflected on the recipient’s device.
To modify a shared aircraft as the recipient, the profile must be copied. Once a shared
aircraft is copied, duplicate profiles will exist on the device.
The editable duplicate profile will not have the shared profile icon. Once a shared
aircraft profile has been copied, the original locked (read-only) shared profile can be
deleted if desired.
Published aircraft can not be deleted using ForeFlight Mobile. Read-only shared
aircraft can only be deleted with the swipe/delete technique.
Select an aircraft to publish or create a new profile. Once the aircraft profile is
complete, click Publish in the lower-right corner of the screen. Published aircraft are
available in ForeFlight Mobile once they’re published. When an aircraft is published, a
Published tag appears below the aircraft registration and type in the list view.
Clicking Unpublish revokes access to the aircraft for all users other than the
administrator. Unpublished aircraft do not appear in ForeFlight Mobile and cannot be
selected for flight planning. Published aircraft cannot be deleted. To delete a published
aircraft, the aircraft must first be unpublished.
For most pilots, ForeFlight recommends planning with the Maps view. Start by
specifying a departure and destination using the route editor or touch-planning. With
departure and destination points specified, use the Route Advisor, Procedure Advisor,
and Altitude Advisor to finish planning. As each leg of the route is planned, the Route
Line is generated dynamically.
Once complete, send the route to Flights to brief and file the flight plan (if applicable).
Customers new to ForeFlight are encouraged to watch the Basics of Flight Plan
Filing Webinar. For additional webinars, visit foreflight.com/support/webinars.
NOTE: Only airports with ICAO, IATA, FAA, or other short-code identifiers can be
entered in the search bar as part of a route. Airports without codes must be searched
using their full names e.g. “Garbenheimer Weisen”, and these often have more than
one word. But the search bar cannot recognize names with spaces as part of the
same route element. To plan flights to or from these airports, use the Touch-
Planning or Route Rubber-Banding methods.
Entire airways can be viewed on the map by searching for the airway identifier. For
example, V16. Airways can also be used in a route. For example, NIKOL V244 ILC.
ARINC 424 coordinates (5275N) can also be entered in the Search box or Route
Editor.
Example searches:
• KUZA KOSH 8000 1315Z - The route details will be calculated for conditions
starting at 1315Z. The time can be designated in Zulu time, as in the example,
or local time, such as: 13:15, 1:15p, 1:15pm, 1:15a, 1:15am, or 1:15 (with no
am/pm given, ForeFlight will assume you intend the next upcoming 1:15).
• KUZA KOSH 8000 +60 - The route details will be calculated for conditions
starting 60 minutes from now. This relative time must begin with a + and may be
specified in minutes, hours, or a combination; +60 or +60m for minutes, +2h for
hours, +2:30 for 2 hours 30 minutes.
A route entered in search will automatically be transferred to the route editor. If you
enter a new route in the search box it will replace the route in the route editor. To clear
the current route from the search box, tap the “X” in the search bar. To clear the route
from the route editor, change to the Edit view and tap the Clear button, then tap Clear
All.
Clearing a Route
You can use the search bar to find scheduled (upcoming) flights for an aircraft and
load them into the Route Editor. Search by tail number (e.g. N12345), call sign (e.g.
NGF345), or commercial flight number (e.g. SWA44).
ForeFlight searches FlightAware for any flights that are either currently en route or set
to depart in the next 24 hours and displays those flights in a list. Each flight listed
includes the departure and destination airports, the filed altitude, the departure time,
and the filed route. Tap on a flight to load the route and altitude into ForeFlight’s flight
plan editor.
If ForeFlight Mobile is receiving ADS-B data while in-flight, you can also search for an
N-number or callsign (full or partial) to locate that target on the Map.
If you have a Performance Plus plan with U.S. coverage there is an available Offline
Address Database that lets you search for U.S. state and territory street addresses
while the device is in-flight without Internet access.
To use the Offline Search, tap More > Downloads > Data Settings > and enable
Street Addresses. This will allow the Street Address database to download for each
selected state.
Offline Search supports the standard format for U.S. street addresses, specifically the
address number, street name, street suffix (including contractions), town/city name,
two-letter state identifier, and zip code.
ForeFlight only requires the first two terms to begin searching and returning
matches, and it prioritizes matches that are closer to your position. Finding addresses
that are far away, especially those in other states, requires additional terms like the
state and zip code.
When planning with touch, enabling the Aeronautical Map layer is recommended.
Aeronautical map elements respond to a single tap reducing the number of taps
necessary to plan a flight.
9.2.1 Touch-Planning
To plan a flight with touch-planning, tap an Aeronautical Map element (airport,
waypoint, navaid) and use the Direct To or Add to Route options at the top of the
sidebar. Selecting Add to Route appends the element to the end of the existing route.
Selecting Direct To creates a route from your present position direct to the element.
When the Aeronautical map is not enabled, press and hold the map the reveal the Add
to Route menu. Tap an element in the Nearby list to add it to the route. Tap More >
Details in the Add to Route menu to reveal the Hold Advisor.
Touch-Planning
The Insert into Route menu list the coordinates where your finger was lifted and nearby
airports, navaids, and waypoints. Use the buttons near the bottom of the menu to filter
the nearby list. Tap the coordinates or a nearby element to insert it into the route.
Buttons on the left side of the route editor specify the aircraft, performance profile and
cruise altitude. The right side buttons open Route Advisor, Procedure Advisor, and
set the Estimated Time of Departure (ETD).
FPL Button
Edit Button
Manually enter airport, waypoint, and navaid identifiers to plan a route. Route elements
are color-coded based on type.
Traffic Holding
Departures NDB ERROR
Patterns Patterns
NOTE: Only airports with ICAO, IATA, FAA, or other short-code identifiers can be
entered in the Route Editor. Airports without codes are identified in ForeFlight using
their full names e.g. “Garbenheimer Weisen”, and these often have more than one
word. The Route Editor cannot accept names with spaces as part of the same route
element. To plan flights to or from these airports, use the Touch-Planning or Route
Rubber-Banding methods.
When you choose a runway, that runway is then highlighted on the Maps page: at the
Departure airport with blue chevrons on the runway and white chevrons extending out
from the runway centerline, and at the Destination airport with an extended blue line
with white chevrons leading to the runway centerline. If you choose a runway and
traffic pattern via the Procedure Advisor, the blue chevrons will reflect that runway
choice.
The point is then shown as in the example above “15 Before KLBB”. If you send the
route to Flights, that point is then converted into a latitude/longitude coordinate.
Altitude Changes
The set altitude option allows pilots to plan routes with changing cruise altitudes. This
may be useful when planning around airspace or terrain. En route altitude changes are
reflected in the following locations:
NOTE: Altitude changes are displayed in the Navlog for all waypoints except
latitude/longitude waypoints.
To add an altitude change to the route, select a waypoint from the Profile View, Map, or
FPL editor. Select Set Altitude/Speed/Time (if necessary) and enter the new cruise
altitude for the waypoint.
If the altitude change is to begin at the waypoint, select Start At when entering the
new cruise altitude. If a climb or descent is to be started before the waypoint so that
the altitude is reached at the waypoint, select Cross At. Multiple altitude changes can
be added to a route provided:
• The altitude change does not require the aircraft to exceed its climb or descent
capability.
• The altitude change does not occur during the initial climb or final descent phase
of flight. If an altitude change is entered during the climb or descent phase, the
altitude change will not be reflected in the Profile View or Navlog.
Using Profile View to add an altitude change is recommended to aid in evaluating
airspace and hazards when making changes
Speed Changes
Speed change allows pilots to file flight plans with changes to the planned true
airspeed. Speed changes are included in the route section of the filing form and are
transmitted when filing. Speed changes are generally not required for flight plans
outside of EuroControl airspace.
To add a speed change, select the waypoint where the change is to occur from the
Profile View, Map, or FPL editor. Select Set Altitude/Speed/Time and enter the new
cruise speed.
Speed changes are displayed in the FPL editor next to the waypoint in parentheses
and on the map when Route Labels are enabled. ForeFlight does not factor in speed
changes when determining flight planning results. Thus the Navlog does not reflect
manual changes to speed.
Basic Plus and Pro Plus customers can manually enter delays and stays using the
formatting: identifier/Dh+mm. Below is an example of a 15-minute stay at the waypoint
VENAR: VENAR/D0+15 using a Performance Plus account.
A maximum of nine delays/stays are supported per flight. Stays are not supported for
flights outside of Eurocontrol airspace. Delays (US) are not supported for international
flights. Delays/Stays cannot be added to terminal arrival or departure procedures.
When a route containing a delay/stay is sent to Flights for filing purposes, the delay/
stay is included in the flight's route section. When filing a flight plan with a stay,
Eurocontrol requires remarks (STAYINFO).
Tap a Waypoint to
Open Menu
Set Altitude/Speed
and Flight Rule
When a flight containing a rule change is sent from Maps to the Flights view, the flight
rule change is automatically added to the route. When filing the flight plan, it is
necessary to select the appropriate Flight Rule in the Flight Plan Type section.
When filing a composite flight plan for the first time, pilots are encouraged to contact
the appropriate agencies to ensure the plan was filed correctly.
NOTE: Flight Rules do not automatically update on the filing form when planning a
composite flight. Flight rules must be manually changed on the filing form.
FIX/RAD/DIST
Ex: IAH/025/19
FIXRAD/FIXRAD
FIX/Dh+mm
Delay h hours, mm
minutes, at the fix,
which can be a VOR,
Waypoint, Airport
identifier, or
FIXRADDIST.
Ex:
CTF090010/D1+05
Delay 1h 5min at a
point 10 east of CTF
VOR
STAY/hhmm
FIX/N0000F000
FIX/F000
FIX/N0000
Change Speed
(N0000 in knots) or
Altitude (F000 in
flight level) at that
fix. Worldwide
Ex:
CLT/N0155/F110
Change to 155 kts
and 11000’ at CLT
NOTE: Can also be selected by tapping the
route “bubble” and choosing “Set Altitude/
Speed”.
Once route elements have been entered in the FPL Editor, the Reverse and Clear
buttons are displayed.
• Tapping the Reverse button reverses the order of the route elements.
However, this action also removes any procedures such as SIDs, STARs, or
approaches that were added to the original route.
• Tapping the Clear button removes all elements at once from the FPL Editor.
Clear
Reverse
When a Performance Profile has been selected, the estimated time enroute and fuel
burn based on that profile are shown for each route on the right, along with the route’s
total distance.
Route Advisor requires an internet connection to load new routes for an airport pair, but
once those routes are loaded they can be viewed offline as long as the same departure
and destination airports are entered in the Route Editor.
Route Constraints
All altitude options are evaluated by ForeFlight’s planning engine and performance
results are shown next to each one, including the average head/tailwind component
over the entire route.
If you have entered your aircraft’s climb performance on the More > Aircraft page, the
Altitude Advisor will automatically calculate whether it is possible to reach the listed
altitude based on your aircraft’s rate of climb and the distance of the route.
To open the Procedure Advisor, enter a route in the FPL Editor and tap Procedure in
the upper right corner. Departures, arrivals, approaches, and traffic patterns require
that at least one airport be entered in the FPL Editor. SAR patterns can be entered
without an airport in the FPL Editor.
Selecting a Departure
SID and STAR speed and altitude restrictions are automatically visible when using the
Procedure Advisor to select a SID or STAR, and when viewing the 3D Preview of the
route.
When the Route Labels Map setting is turned on, SID and STAR speed and altitude
restrictions are also visible on the Map at their relevant route waypoints.
For example, many SIDs start with a heading to fly followed by a turn upon reaching an
altitude. Since this segment type will vary based on aircraft performance, a specific
route line and where altitudes will be reached cannot be shown.
In the image below, the RADYR 2 RNAV Departure from Harry Reid International
(KLAS) requires an initial climb on heading 014º to 2,692 ft, followed by a left turn
direct to to BESSY. A dashed line is shown for this route segment due to the variability
of the actual path that will be flown. The route will have no initial altitude label..
RADYR2 SID showing a departure heading with a turn upon reaching an altitude.
Select an IAF and, if applicable, add custom approach minimums. Then tap Add to
Route to load the procedure to the route in the FPL Editor.
You can also specify the Approach's Minimum Altitude, which appears as a magenta
marker for easy reference during the approach.
NOTE: The Route Labels setting must be on (in Maps Settings) for Approach
Minimums to be displayed.
Inside the label, the first (or current) crossing is identified with bold font and a magenta
arrow. In flight, once the fix has been crossed, the magenta arrow and highlighted font
are applied to the next restriction.
After the fix has been crossed for the final time, the magenta arrow disappears from
the label.
NOTE: The Route Labels setting must be on (in Maps Settings) for altitude and
airspeed restrictions at a fix to be displayed.
If a NOTAM affects any available runways, the runways are given a red tag
summarizing the issue. Tap the View Alert NOTAM banner at the top of the runway list
to view the relevant NOTAM or NOTAMs.
Alert NOTAMs
• Remove Hold in lieu of PT: Tap to remove any hold that was automatically
added as part of the approach. If you need to re-add the hold to the approach,
tap Add Hold in lieu of PT.
3D Procedure Preview
After adding the visual approach, a TPA (in MSL) pattern entry waypoint marker is
added to the route.
After selecting a runway, the available pattern entry options, such as Cross Midfield or
Straight In, are displayed. Selecting Straight In adds a 4 nm final to the route.
For non-towered airports, the entries are sorted based on each runway’s pattern side
(right or left).
Additionally, entries are highlighted that make the most sense for the direction of flight.
Tap an entry to add it to the end of the current route or to replace one already in the
route. Traffic patterns are automatically removed from a route when certain route edits
are made, such as reversing the route.
Inserting a Hold
Tap any waypoint in the route or tap a navigation point elsewhere on the map to add a
hold at that location, or tap a route element in the FPL Editor and select Hold… to
insert a hold at that point.
Regardless of which method is used to insert a hold, the Hold Advisor includes an
option to select the fix and to customize parameters for inbound or outbound legs, the
pattern’s length (defined by either time or distance), left or right turns, and optional
altitude, speed, and EFC (Expect Further Clearance) settings.
After adjusting settings, tap Add to Route to add the hold to the route. The Hold
Advisor automatically inserts the correct direct, parallel, or teardrop entry based on the
direction of the hold and the direction of flight.
Editing a Hold
Sending Holds
ForeFlight Mobile does not support sending holding patterns added using Hold Advisor
to connected avionics via Flight Plan Transfer. Holds that are part of an approach can
be sent to connected avionics.
If you build a route including a hold, then send it to another pilot via email, the hold is
automatically expanded in the route in the "FPL" file attached to the email.
9.6 Pack
Pack is an optional preflight planning tool that downloads charts, plates, weather,
NOTAMs, fuel price data, and more to your device for offline use. Pack is included with
all subscriptions and can be accessed from the Maps or Flights views.
The data included in a Pack download varies based on your download selections,
planned route, and ForeFlight subscription. Weather, NOTAM, and fuel data
downloaded via Pack are temporarily stored on your device and automatically deleted
once they become obsolete or more current data becomes available (via the internet,
ADS-B, or SiriusXM).
Information downloaded with Pack is accessed using the same techniques as when
your device is connected to the internet. For example, to access packed weather,
select one of the map weather layers (e.g., Flight Category) using the layer selector.
Pack should be relied on as a secondary tool for flight planning. It is better to configure
download selections to include plates and charts that you use on a regular basis, and
use Pack to gather additional data specific to each flight. This ensures you may have
the necessary data even if you forget to Pack, and cuts down on the time it takes to
Pack additional data for each flight.
Pack Button
Pack can only download data for one flight at a time. If you attempt to pack a new flight
while Pack is actively downloading data, a pop-up will appear with an option to pause
the current Pack download.
The Pack menu lists downloads as individual items. The estimated file size and an
option to download are displayed on the right side of the menu. To download an
individual item, tap the single download button (blue circle with down arrow). To
download all Pack items, tap Pack at the bottom of the menu.
Approximate
Pack Corridor
Individual Pack
Download
Pack Menu
Pack does not download global data for the above map layers. These map layers are
broken into large rectangular sections that are hundreds of miles across. Pack only
downloads the sections that the planned route intersects.
• Digital ATIS (D-ATIS) for the airports within 25 nm of the route and 50 nm of
departure and destination airports.
• Dynamic Winds for the area around the route. Dynamic Wind data is broken into
rectangular sections that are hundreds of miles across. Pack downloads the
Winds (Temps) and Winds (Speeds) map layers for the sections the route
intersects.
• 3D Imagery for the areas approximately 25 nm from the airports that are in the
planned route. Packed 3D Imagery can be viewed using the 3D Route Preview
feature or by tapping the 3D View button from the route’s airport view. When
Packing 3D Imagery, only the satellite imagery that is overlayed on the
downloaded high-resolution terrain data is Packed to the device.
Pack evaluates the planned route for the missing downloads to include:
• VFR and IFR en route charts.
• Terminal Procedures (Airport Diagrams, and Departure, Arrival, and Approach
Procedures).
• Airport Information / Flight Supplements (A/FD, AIP, and CFS).
If a route is missing downloads, Pack downloads the data according to the logic below.
When planning in Europe, Pack only downloads Terminal Procedures and Airport
Information if the route intersects the country.
Charts
Pack downloads all selected chart types if the route intersects the chart and it is not
already downloaded. Charts and plates downloaded using Pack are only valid for the
current data cycle and will not automatically update.
Charts are only downloaded with Pack if the chart type is selected. For example, if a
route intersects California, Pack will only download the U.S. IFR (High) P-1 chart for
California if IFR High Charts is enabled in More > Downloads > Data Settings. If a
chart type is not selected in Data Settings, Pack will not download it.
Airport Comments
Pack downloads all customer comments associated with airports and FBOs along the
route. This includes published comments from other users, and all relevant comments
in the My Comments list.
NOTE: You can verify that data will be available offline by packing for a flight,
disconnecting from the internet, ADS-B, and SiriusXM, and then viewing weather,
NOTAMs, plates, and charts.
If your device does not connect to the internet, ADS-B, or SiriusXM for an extended
period of time, refer to the table below to determine when data becomes obsolete and
thus removed from the device.
Airports View
10.1 Design
The Airports view is separated into four components. Each of these is summarized
below, and its detailed functionality is described later in this chapter:
• The Toolbar provides the ability to search for airports and related data based on
keywords or proximity to your device, assign airports as favorites, display an
airport on the Maps view, and toggle the Sidebar.
• The Sidebar lists the user’s favorite airports, recently displayed airports, airports
from recently created flights, and airports from the active route on the Maps
view, as well as an alphabetized airport directory.
• The Airport Summary section provides a condensed overview of information
about the selected airport.
• The Airport Details section provides detailed information about the selected
airport divided into five tabs.
Toolbar
Airport Summary
Sidebar
Airport Details
10.2 Toolbar
The Toolbar at the top of the Airports view provides the ability to toggle the Sidebar,
assign airports as favorites, perform a keyword search for airports and related data,
display an airport on the Maps view, and generate a list of airports near your device.
Each feature is described below.
Once opened in portrait orientation, the Sidebar can be hidden by tapping the Close
button in its upper left corner.
1. Tap the Search bar to open a list of recent search results divided by category.
2. Enter text in the Search bar to dynamically generate results divided into
categories (such as Airports and Heliports, Procedures, Places, Documents, and
Recent Searches).
3. Tap Show More to expand the list of search results within one category.
4. Tap one of the search results to open the Maps, Airports, or Documents view.
Each item has a different effect depending on the category of data.
Opens in Maps
Opens in Airports
Opens in
Documents
NOTE: The Show on Map button displays the airport displayed onscreen, not the text
entered in the Search bar.
NOTE: The Airports Near You menu can also be opened directly from the device
home screen by long-tapping the ForeFlight Mobile app icon and selecting Nearest.
• Tap All to display nearby airports regardless of whether or not they have weather
data. All results include the airport elevation in MSL, applicable communications
frequencies, and both the distance and magnetic course to the airport from the
device's location.
• Tap Weather Only to show only airports that are actively providing METAR data
to ForeFlight. In addition to the standard data, “Weather Only” results display
wind speed and direction, visibility, ceiling, obscuration hazards (if applicable),
and the time since the weather was last updated. Ceiling and visibility are color-
coded according to their severity. The results also display an icon color-coded
according to flight category.
Flight Report
Category Age
Weather Location
Data Data
10.3 Sidebar
The Sidebar on the left side of the Airports view provides five ways for users to find
airports most relevant to them:
Weather data is also displayed if available. This may include wind speed and direction,
visibility, ceiling, obscuration hazards (if applicable), density altitude, temperature, dew
point, the time since the airport’s METAR was last updated, red-highlighted weather
warnings, and an icon colored according to flight category.
Flight Report
Category Age
Weather Elevation
Data and
Frequencies
Weather warnings (e.g., fog, thunderstorms, cumulonimbus clouds, lightning, mist) are
always displayed in red at the bottom of the airport listing. ForeFlight Mobile checks for
updated weather observations every minute. If a more current observation is available,
it is downloaded immediately and the display is updated.
Weather Warning
Removing Favorites
There are three different methods for removing airports from the Favorites list:
• When actively viewing a favorite airport, tap the star-shaped button in the
toolbar.
• While displaying the Favorites menu, swipe left on an airport and tap Delete.
• Tap Edit at the top of the Favorites menu, tap the red circle to the left of the
airport you want to delete, tap Delete to the right of the airport to confirm, and
then tap Done.
NOTE: The Recents menu is synced. Tapping Clear on one device will also clear the
list of recent airports from all devices signed into the account.
• From Maps displays airports from the active route in the Maps FPL Editor if one
exists, in top-down order starting with the departure airport on the route and
ending with the destination airport in the route. The From Maps list only displays
a given airport once, even if it is entered more than once in the route. En-route
airports are also included.
• From Flights displays airports from recent flights in the Flights view. Airports
from the most-recent flight are grouped first (according to departure, destination,
and alternate), followed by the next most-recent flight, and so on. The From
Flights list only displays a given airport once, even if it is used more than once
on the same flight or on other flights in the list.
Displays Airports
from FPL Editor
on Maps View
Displays Airports
from Flights View
NOTE: Reordering or removing airports from the Maps/Flights list cannot be done
directly from within the Airports sidebar.
Displaying an Airport
Tap a country, territory, or U.S. state to open its list of airports. Tap an airport to display
it in the Airports view.
Airports Summary
Alert NOTAMs
WARNING: Alert NOTAMs do not represent the full list of NOTAMs pertinent to the
airport. Do not use the Alert NOTAMs banner as a replacement for reviewing all
NOTAMs prior to a flight.
Tapping Show All NOTAMs opens a menu with that airport’s full list of effective airport,
obstruction, TFR/ARTCC, and Jeppesen NOTAMs.
Tap this thumbnail to open a popover window displaying a miniature airport diagram
generated by ForeFlight using satellite imagery. This miniature diagram does not show
NOTAM alerts, nor are its FBO labels interactive.
Tap the expand icon in the bottom right corner to open a standard-sized, interactive
ForeFlight diagram in the Plates view.
NOTE: The ForeFlight diagram is not an official publication by the FAA, NavCanada,
EUROCONTROL, or Jeppesen. It is meant as a visual reference only and should not
be used in place of official plates.
Tap to Display
Miniature Diagram
Tap to Open in
Plates
Latest Weather
Pattern Altitudes
10.4.7 3D View
The 3D View button on the right side of the Airport Summary section opens a dynamic
3D representation of the airport environment. This functionality, available to
Performance-tier subscribers, is described in Airport 3D View.
10.4.8 FBOs
The FBOs button on the right side of the Airport Summary section opens the FBO List
view, which displays a list of pilot services located at that airport. This functionality is
described in Airport FBOs.
10.4.9 Taxiways
The Taxiways button on the right side of the Airport Summary section opens the
government e.g., FAA airport diagram (or Jeppesen diagram for subscribers) in the
Plates view.
Airport Comments
Remarks
Tapping the Remarks button displays a list of official remarks about the airport from
the controlling agency e.g. FAA.
Comments
Tapping the Comments button displays a list of comments about the airport entered by
ForeFlight users. This functionality is described later in this chapter.
• The Info tab displays airport frequencies, chart supplements, nearby airports,
operating hours, points of contact, AIRAC cycle data, flight tracking widgets,
airport features, and onsite services.
• The Weather tab displays data from METARs, D-ATIS broadcasts (for
Performance-tier subscribers only), TAFs, Forecast Discussion, MOSs, 10-day
daily/hourly forecasts, and Winds Aloft forecasts.
• The Runway tab shows information including runway wind components, runway
ends with best wind, runway dimensions and type, traffic patterns, glideslope,
runway slope, lighting, elevation, and runway-specific procedures.
• The Procedure tab lists all available airport, departure, arrival, and approach
procedures (sourced from ForeFlight, controlling agency, and Jeppesen if
subscribed), and serves as a shortcut to open these in the Plates view.
• The NOTAM tab lists applicable airport, obstacle, TFR/ARTCC, and Jeppesen (if
installed) NOTAMs, and provides a search bar to filter the list.
Airports Details
Frequencies
The Frequencies subcategory lists airport frequencies according to their type (such as
Clearance, Ground, or Tower). Tap one of these rows to display specific frequencies
and other pertinent information on the right.
NOTE: For Performance Plus and Business Performance customers, larger U.S.
airports where electronic Pre-Departure Clearances (PDC) are available for IFR
flights are noted with the “PDC” badge next to the Clearance frequency.
ForeFlight displays the phone number and facility name for a pilot to call to obtain an
IFR clearance directly from the appropriate overlying Air Route Traffic Control Center
(ARTCC) or approach control facility. When using ForeFlight Mobile on an iPhone, tap
on the number to initiate a phone call to that facility.
Nearby
The Nearby subcategory lists other airports, heliports, and facilities near the currently
selected airport. Tap a row to display a new list of facilities on the right. This list shares
functionality similar to the Airports Near You menu, but relies on the airport’s location
rather than the device’s.
Operating Hours
The Operating Hours subcategory shows the daily operating hours reported for that
airport. Depending on the data available, this may take the form of one year-round
schedule for the airport, several different schedules for different times of the week or
year, or even the operating hours of flying clubs located at the airport. Hours may be
reported in local time or UTC. If no data is available, “Operating Hours Unknown” will
be displayed.
• Tap Aircraft Rescue and Firefighting to see the maximum size of aircraft that
can be supported by the airport’s fire suppression and emergency response
personnel. Each entry includes Category, Max. Aircraft Length, and, if
applicable, Max Fuselage Width fields defined by the controlling agency (FAA or
ICAO). An entry may say “Unknown" if the airport's capabilities are unknown, or
“Not Available” if it lacks any capabilities.
• Tap Contacts to display the names, mailing addresses, and phone numbers of
the airport owner and manager. Then tap an address to open its location in iOS
Maps, or tap a phone number to place a call (using iPhones only).
• Tap Cycle to see the current AIRAC cycle version and dates of the airport data in
ForeFlight.
• Tap Features to see various geographical and logistical information about the
airport such as its elevation, controlling facilities, magnetic variation, and
timezone. With a working internet connection, tap Show in Maps to display the
airport in iOS Maps, or tap Wikipedia to open the airport’s wiki page.
• Tap Flight Tracking to display options to query flightaware.com about the
airport’s scheduled arrivals, scheduled departures, and en-route traffic. This
feature requires a working internet connection and a FlightAware account.
Services
The Services subcategory lists various visitor services available at or near the airport
such as car rentals, lodgings, and restaurants. Tap a row to display each service of
that type on the right, as well as its phone number and distance from the airport if
applicable.
METAR
Tap METAR to display the airport’s current meteorological report. The METAR view
displays the color-coded flight category, the age of the weather data, and both the
coded and decoded METAR.
The density altitude is reported at the bottom of the listed METAR data and the text is
usually blue. However, if the density altitude surpasses the field elevation by 2,500
feet or more, the value changes color to orange. This color shift serves as a visual
signal for pilots to indicate the presence of a high density altitude that demands careful
aircraft performance assessment.
Beneath the decoded METAR is a Nearby Weather section listing nearby airports.
Tapping one of these airports switches to it in the Airports view and displays its
METAR.
NOTE: Digital ATIS is only available from large airports in the United States,
Australia, and Norway.
TAF
Tap TAF to display the TAF for the currently selected airport (or the nearest airport with
a TAF), including the time since the forecast was last updated. Swipe the TAF details
down to see, in order: the name, direction, and distance of the originating airport, the
coded TAF format with color-coded sections, a button to display the Forecast
Discussion, and a decoded breakdown of conditions including a color-coded flight
category icon.
If the TAF includes more than one forecast during its 24-hour period, each one is
decoded and listed in chronological order.
MOS
Tap MOS to display the airport’s MOS forecast, including the time since the forecast
was last updated. Swipe the MOS details down to see a breakdown of conditions
during each forecast period.
Daily
Tap Daily to display a summary of the airport’s Daily/Hourly Forecast. Scroll down to
see a row for each day in the forecast. Tap any day to open the Local Forecast window
showing the full Daily/Hourly Forecast.
The upper right corner of the Local Forecast window displays the age of the forecast.
When your device is connected to the Internet, forecast data is automatically refreshed
after 1 hour.
The bottom portion of the window shows an hourly breakdown that can be swiped left
or right to see the entire 10-day forecast. The bottom edge, along with text throughout
the window, is color-coded according to flight category.
1. Along the bottom edge, read the color-coded bar to see how the flight category
fluctuates across the entire 10-day forecast.
2. Above the bar, swipe left and right to find and tap the desired date.
3. Above the date selector, swipe left and right to find/tap the desired time.
4. At the top, read the weather forecast for the selected date/time.
5. Note that any weather information responsible for the flight category is displayed
in the appropriate color.
Forecast
Age
Hourly
Forecast
Time
Selector
Flight
Category
Date Bar
Selector
Daily/Hourly Forecast
• To see a forecast at your device’s current location, long-tap the ForeFlight Mobile
app icon on your device home screen and select Local Forecast.
• To see a forecast at a specific location on the Maps view, tap and hold the location
on the Maps view and select Wx Forecast.
Runway Summary
Tap an item in the Runway List to display its details on the right. These details and
their functionality are described below.
Surface
The Surface section provides the runway dimensions (length and width) and type
(surface material and condition).
Glideslope Indicator
The Glideslope Indicator section lists any VASI, PAPI, or other visual descent guidance
systems, along with their relative positions. If no system is installed, the runway is
labeled with None.
NOTE: The Slope section refers to terrain gradients and should not be confused with
the Glideslope information above it.
Displaced Threshold
If the runway has a displaced threshold, a Displaced Threshold section is displayed
and provides the position of the threshold beyond the start of the applicable runway
end.
Heading
The Heading section displays the Magnetic heading of each runway.
Elevation
The Elevation section shows touchdown zone elevation in MSL for each runway.
Intersections
The Intersections section includes a list of runway intersections and the remaining
usable takeoff distance from that intersection. Performance-tier subscribers with
Runway Analysis licenses can use these intersections as part of their takeoff
analysis.
NOTE: The Intersections list may not include usable takeoff distance from all
possible runway intersections.
Procedures are marked as Saved or Not Saved. Procedures marked Saved (in green)
are downloaded locally on your device and are available when offline. By viewing a
plate, it is downloaded to the device. Plates can be downloaded as part of an entire
region’s download.
Tapping a procedure’s name opens it in the Plates view. Tapping the Send To Map icon
to the right of the procedure’s name opens it on the Maps view (only available to
ForeFlight Pro Plus, Performance Plus, Business Pro, or Business Performance
subscribers). The contents of each procedure category are described on the next page.
Departure
The Departure category includes the airport’s departure procedures and their related
notes. When a departure procedure is restricted to aircraft with a particular propulsion
type such as jet or piston, it is labeled with the aircraft propulsion system(s) to which
applies.
Arrival
The Arrival category includes the airport’s arrival procedures and their related notes.
When an arrival procedure is restricted to aircraft with a particular propulsion type such
as jet or piston, it is labeled with the aircraft propulsion system(s) to which applies.
Approach
The Approach category includes the airport’s instrument approach procedures and their
related notes.
Category Search
NOTAMs
NOTAMs
NOTAMs are listed in order of recency: Future, Today, Last 7 Days, Last 30 Days,
Older. Each individual NOTAM row displays the NOTAM’s number, text, effective date,
expiration date, and duration if applicable, as well as an icon conveying the NOTAM
type (such as runway, taxiway, obstacle, airspace, or navigation). If a NOTAM
communicates a closure or out-of-service message, certain keywords will be in red
text.
Jeppesen NOTAMs
Jeppesen NOTAM rows display the NOTAM’s effectivity, beginning and ending dates,
and text. All Jeppesen NOTAMs display the Jeppesen icon regardless of their subject.
10.6.1 Featured
FBOs, contract fuel vendors, and other pilot services located at the airport can display
their services prominently in a yellow Featured section at the top of the FBO List view.
The exact layout of each row in the Featured section depends on the type of service
using the space and may include one or more corporate logos but otherwise tends to
mirror the layouts described below.
The top of the FBO Details view displays the service's name, corporate logo (if
applicable), mailing address, and hours of operation. Below that, it displays up to four
tabs with additional details: Info, Fees, Photos, and Comments. At the bottom, it
displays an Add Comment button. These features are described below.
10.7.1 Info
When the FBO Details view is opened, the Info tab is selected by default. The top row
displays three blue buttons for users to call the service (using an iPhone), find
directions to the service (using iOS Maps), or email the service. If the service provider
has not listed a phone number, mailing address, or email address, the appropriate
button will be disabled.
• JetFuelX, JetFuelX (Jet-A), and Retail Prices (USD): These sections display
available retail and contract fuel prices, and provide additional functionality
described in JetFuelX.
• About: This section includes information provided by the pilot service.
• Contacts: This section lists various ways to contact the pilot service, such as
UNICOM frequencies, phone and fax numbers, email addresses, and website
URLs.
• Amenities: This section lists the onsite amenities, such as ATMs, restrooms, and
Wifi.
• Services: This section lists the pilot services available, such as aircraft charters,
aircraft hangars, aircraft maintenance, pilot supplies, catering, and rental cars.
• Fuel Types: This section lists the types of aircraft fuel offered by the pilot
service.
• Fuel Brands: This section lists the brands of fuel available.
• Credit Cards: This section lists the credit card types accepted by the pilot
service.
10.7.2 Fees
The Fees tab displays a list of ground power unit (GPU), handling, landing, overnight,
and other fees charged by the FBO.
10.7.3 Photos
The Photos tab displays thumbnail images provided by the FBO or pilot service.
10.7.4 Comments
The Comments tab displays user-entered comments about the FBO or pilot service.
Once you access comments, they are saved to your device so you’ll be able to view
them again later - even when you are offline.
Fuel price data changes frequently and may not reflect the current price offered at an
FBO. A timestamp is displayed below the fuel price to aid pilots in determining how
reliable the data is. Pilots can update the existing fuel price or submit new data as
described below.
NOTE: Price updates made while offline will be submitted once internet is available.
The “Submitted” fuel price message banner will not appear until it is sent. New price
submissions and updates are reviewed and not visible immediately.
To report a fuel price change, tap Report Price Change, type in the new price, tap
Close, then tap the Submit button. A banner acknowledges the price has been
submitted for approval.
To confirm the listed price, tap the Confirm button. A banner acknowledges the price
confirmation was received.
Airport 3D View combines high-resolution terrain data and aerial imagery to help pilots
familiarize themselves with the airport environment before arrival. Airport 3D View is
included in Performance Plus, Business Performance, and MFB Performance
subscription plans.
Position Runway
Details Selectors
Traffic
Targets
Traffic and
Obstacle
Layers
Day/Night
Mode
Runway
Compass
Position Details
If a runway is selected, the position details instead describe the camera altitude in
MSL, runway touchdown zone elevation in MSL, distance from the runway end in nm,
and camera angle from the runway.
If a runway is selected and airport METAR data is available, the compass will display a
windsock icon over the runway. The wider red end of the windsock faces the direction
of the wind. In the example below, runway 22 is selected and its windsock displays a
headwind with a left crosswind.
Runway edge lighting is supported for most paved airports around the world, while
larger airports may also display touchdown zone lights, PAPI lights, displaced
threshold lights with approach light system if available, centerline lights, end light
flashers, and more.
10.9 Comments
Comments contain information from ForeFlight users about an airport or FBO that is
generally not provided by the controlling agency or other official sources. Examples
include anecdotes from visiting pilots, directions from the airport terminal to a particular
business, tips for landing on a particular runway or taking aerial photos from within the
pattern, and more.
All ForeFlight users can submit comments for publication and pack relevant comments
for a flight.
Airports View
On the Airports view, search for and display an airport. To see all comments for that
airport, tap the Comments button. To see comments for an FBO located at that airport,
tap FBOs, select an FBO, and tap Comments.
2
1
1
Displaying My Comments
1. Display an airport using the Airports view or the Airport Details sidebar via the
Maps or Flights views.
2. Open the Add Comment window:
• To add an airport comment, tap the Comments button, then tap the Plus (+)
button at the top of the list.
• To add an FBO comment, tap FBOs, select a business, and tap Add
Comment at the bottom of the pop-up.
Adding a Comment
• Gate codes
• Fuel prices
• Landing fees (without date and aircraft type)
• Promotional comments
• Personal attacks
• Vulgarity
• Libelous remarks
• Certain other airport data
11.1 Design
Access the Maps view by tapping Maps in the navigation toolbar at the bottom of the
screen. Buttons in the upper toolbar control what’s displayed on the map.
Upper Toolbar
Sidebar
Navigation Toolbar
• Map Layer Menu - Displays a drop-down map layer selector. The items selected
in the drop-down menu are displayed on the main map view. The map layer
menu contains charts, maps, weather layers, aeronautical information, and
custom content. When map layers are enabled, the names of the selected layers
are displayed in the map layer menu button.
• FPL Button - Toggles the Flight Plan (FPL) menu. The FPL menu is used to plan
routes, display the Navlog, and display Profile View.
• Map Settings - Toggles the Map Settings menu. Maps settings are used to
customize the look of the map.
• Attitude Information/Synthetic Vision - Toggles the Attitude Indicator. The
attitude indicator displays GPS track, altitude, ground speed, climb or descent
rate, and pitch and bank if connected to an external device with an attitude
(AHRS) sensor. See for more information.
• Instrument Panel - Toggles the Instrument Panel on and off. The instrument
panel is located at the bottom of the Maps view. The instrument panel displays
user-selected flight details.
• Favorite and Recent Routes - Toggles the recent and favorite routes menu.
• Search Bar - Search bar for searching points of interest, aeronautical data,
routes, and more.
• Auto Center Button - The auto-center (crosshair) button centers the map on the
aircraft’s location. When auto-center is activated, the button is highlighted.
Map Settings
FPL Recent/Favorite
Button Routes
NavLog View
Profile View
When a map element is tapped (airport, waypoint, navaid) a green marker highlights
the selected element. When a geographic element such as airspace is tapped and
held, the airspace is highlighted in green. See the Sidebar section for more
information.
The map view does not resize as the FPL menu, sidebar, instrument panel, or layer
selector menus are toggled. The map automatically resizes when the attitude indicator
is toggled on and off.
Zoom to Route
Map layers are grouped with thin horizontal lines. Charts and weather layers can only
display one active layer at a time. Selecting a map layer in a group with an already
active layer may result in automatically deselecting the active layer. For example,
selecting the satellite layer automatically deselects radar if the radar layer is enabled.
The map layer menu is dismissed each time a map layer is selected. To make multiple
selections without dismissing the map layer menu, enable Multiple Selections in the
Map Settings menu.
The high-resolution base map is not automatically displayed. Select and download the
high-resolution base map by selecting More > Downloads > Data Settings and
selecting the data for the region where you fly. When high-resolution data is
downloaded, it is automatically displayed when no other charts are chosen.
Updates to the Aeronautical Map are made available every 28 days (or sooner) as part
of the Airport and Nav Database. The Aeronautical map is automatically overlaid on all
other maps and charts.
Airports
Airspace
IFR Waypoints
Navaids
ATC Boundaries
Roads/Railroads
To view Quick Filters on an iPhone, some features may need to be disabled for the
Quick Filters buttons to show on the Maps Page. Depending on your iPhone version,
you may need to turn off up to three features: Marked Positions, Track Log Start/Stop
Control, and Map Annotations.
NOTE: Compass roses are only depicted if airways (high or low) intersects the
navigational aid.
NOTE: For VFR flight-specific elements on the Aeronautical Map Layer, see VFR
Aeronautical Map Symbols.
RMZ ATZ/TIZ/TIA
MATZ TSA/TRA
Caution/Warning/Danger
Prohibited/Restricted Airspace
Airspace
Airway ID (MEA)
- VFR Waypoint
VFR Waypoint/Checkpoint
- Tracking Point
Fuel Parking
Tower Cashier
ATC Sectors
The Aeronautical Map also includes EUROCONTROL Area Control Center (ACC) and
Upper Area Control Center (UAC) ATC sector boundaries. To display these boundaries,
open the Map Settings menu, tap ARTCC/FIR, and toggle the ATC Sectors setting on.
ATC Details
ATC details, such as upper and lower altitude limits, operational notes, RVSM, and
communication details can be accessed in the sidebar. To reveal airspace details:
ATC Details
ATC Quick
Filter
ATC Boundaries
11.4 Charts
Charts are selected from the left column of the map layer drop-down menu. The charts
column includes the Aeronautical Map, Street Map, Aerial Map, and all downloaded
published and custom charts. This section describes each chart.
• Street Map - The global street map is made available over the internet from a
third-party provider (OpenStreetMaps). The street map is dynamic and will show
more detail as the map is zoomed in. The screen map can not be downloaded
and is only available when connected to the Internet.
• Aerial Map - The global aerial map is satellite-based imagery with street data.
The aerial map is provided by a third-party agency and can only be used when
connected to the Internet. Due to the infrequency of satellite imaging, some
imagery may be outdated.
• U.S. VFR Sectional - Terminal Area Charts (TACs) are automatically displayed
when a VFR sectional is zoomed in to major cities containing a TAC inset.
• U.S. IFR - low or high IFR enroute charts from FAA.
• Canada VNC - VFR Terminal Area Charts (VTAs) are automatically displayed
when a VNC is zoomed in to major cities containing a VTA inset.
• Canada IFR - low or high IFR enroute charts from NavCanada.
• Europe VFR - visual navigation charts from European national AIP providers
(e.g., DFS for Germany), available as optional add-ons to the Europe region.
• Europe IFR - low or high IFR enroute charts via EUROCONTROL.
• Australia VFR - VFR World Aeronautical Chart (1 : 1,000,000) and Visual
Navigation Charts (1 : 500,000) from Airservices Australia. VNCs are
automatically displayed when the map is zoomed into an area containing a VNC.
• Australia IFR (low) - IFR low charts from Airservices Australia.
• Australia IFR (high) - IFR high charts from Airservices Australia.
• Planning Chart (PCA) - contains meteorological Area Forecast boundaries and
locations, communication coverage outside controlled airspace and WAC
coverage.
• U.S. IFR (planning) - IFR planning chart covering contiguous 48 states.
• U.S. IFR (ocean) - Atlantic and Pacific ocean IFR charts.
Map Layers
Map layers can be selected at any time, however, they will only
display updated information if the corresponding internet, ADS-B, or
SiriusXM connection is available.
Radar (Internet)
Types of Radar
ForeFlight can display up to five types of radar. Each radar type displays the intensity,
location, movement, and type of precipitation (with varying resolutions).
Radar and Radar (Beta) Radar (ADS-B) Radar (XM Comp) Radar (XM Base)
Source Internet ADS-B SiriusXM SiriusXM
Radar Timestamp
When displaying the internet Radar map layer, the time radar data was last updated is
displayed in the upper-left corner of the map. The time is displayed in white text and
changes to yellow when the data is 25 minutes old and red when it’s 30 or more
minutes old.
• Faster Image Loading: The algorithms powering the Radar (Beta) layer require
less data preprocessing, resulting in faster loading and updating of weather
imagery on the Maps view.
NOTE: The Radar Color Scale of the Radar (Beta) layer is slightly different from the
one on the standard internet Radar layer.
• More Accurate Coverage Boundaries: Areas of the map out of radar range are
shown with a hashed overlay and the message “Radar not available.” The Radar
(Beta) layer is able to display the dimensions of these out-of-range regions with
more accuracy. This prevents the situation when a weather pattern appears to
overlap a no-coverage area.
Radar (ADS-B)
SiriusXM composite and base radar provide a higher resolution radar picture than ADS-
B, but lower resolution than internet radar. SiriusXM composite and base radar include
storm track, hail, echo top, and mesocyclonic indicators. See SiriusXM Radar for
additional information.
Color IR Satellite - Infrared satellite is colorized to depict the temperature of the cloud
tops. Ground temperature depictions are masked out to show regions without clouds.
Color-temperature scale is the same as used in the Infrared Satellite imagery. You can
animate the satellite layers using the time slider. The satellite layers check for updates
every three minutes, but new images are typically transmitted every 30 minutes.
Satellite requires an active Internet connection or Baron Mobile Link weather receiver
(IR Satellite is unavailable with Baron Mobile Link).
Enhanced Satellite
Icing (US) (requires a Pro Plus or higher subscription) is an internet-sourced map layer
that displays icing severity forecasts (light, moderate, heavy) based on the Forecast
Icing Product (FIP) run hourly and is extended 18 hours into the future. The Icing US
layer covers the continental United States, northern Mexico, and southern Canada,
generally between 16N and 59N Latitude.
Icing (XM) (requires GDL 51 or GDL 52) displays icing severity levels (light, moderate,
heavy), plus SLD threat. Covers CONUS plus northern Mexico and southern Canada
generally between 16N and 59N .
Icing (ADS-B) (requires ADS-B receiver) is an NWS graphical forecast with a look
ahead range of 150 nm to 250 nm. Forecast icing severity and anticipated presence of
super-cooled large droplets (SLD) are provided for every 2,000 ft up to 24,000ft MSL.
This information comes from the NWS Forecast Icing Potential model, available only in
the continental United States. Forecast icing information is unavailable for Alaska,
Hawaii, Guam, or Puerto Rico. This model is run on an hourly basis. The transmission
interval is every 15 minutes.
Turbulence (US) (requires a Pro Plus or higher subscription) displays EDR (eddy
dissipation rate) forecasts which translate into turbulence severity based on aircraft
weight. The Turbulence US layer covers the continental United States, northern
Mexico, and southern Canada, up to FL 450 in 1,000 ft increments.
Turbulence (Global) (requires a Pro Plus or higher subscription) displays EDR (eddy
dissipation rate) forecasts which translate into turbulence severity based on aircraft
weight. Turbulence data is available from FL 120 to FL 450 in 3,000 ft increments.
Turbulence (XM) (requires GDL 51 or GDL 52) displays turbulence intensity forecast
based on a medium aircraft weight category. Covers the continental United States plus
northern Mexico and southern Canada.
Turbulence (ADS-B) is an NWS forecast map layer with a look-ahead range of 150 nm
to 250 nm. Turbulence (ADS-B) displays the forecast eddy dissipation rate (EDR) (i.e.,
turbulence intensity) based on a medium aircraft weight category.
Surface Analysis - Displays isobars, pressure readings, and other weather features
associated with a surface analysis product. Use the time slider to view different frames
in the forecast. Provides global isobar and pressure readings and more detailed
weather features for North America. Requires a Pro Plus, Performance Plus, or
Business Performance subscription.
11.5.8 Winds
Winds (Temps) - Displays forecast global temperatures in °C up to 24 hours in the
future, as colors at a selectable altitude with wind direction and speed represented by
smoothly-flowing particle animations. The layer features a dynamic legend at the
bottom of the Maps page, showing the color range corresponding to the temperatures.
The layer is included when packing for a flight. Included in Performance Plus and
Business Performance.
Winds (Speeds) - Displays forecast global wind speeds in knots up to 24 hours in the
future, as colors at a selectable altitude with wind direction and speed represented by
smoothly-flowing particle animations. The layer features a dynamic legend at the
bottom of the Maps page, showing the color range corresponding to the wind speed.
The layer is included when packing for a flight. Included in Performance Plus and
Business Performance plans.
Use the altitude slider on the right to filter out echo tops at lower altitudes. Covers
CONUS plus northern Mexico and southern Canada. 5000’ increments from 0’ to
FL450.
Cloud Tops (XM) (requires GDL 51/52) displays cloud top height derived from satellite
temperature sensors. Covers the continental United States plus northern Mexico and
southern Canada. Displays cloud tops in 5000’ increments from 0’ to FL400.
Cloud Tops (ADS-B) (requires ADS-B receiver) is a National Weather Service (NWS)
forecast map layer. Using the High-Resolution Rapid Refresh (HRRR) model, cloud
tops are derived from satellite temperature sensors.
Cloud Tops are only available for the continental United States. Cloud tops are
unavailable for Alaska, Hawaii, Guam, or Puerto Rico. The Cloud Top forecast is
generated by NWS every hour and transmitted over ADS-B every 15 minutes.
Map Elements
When the Hazard Advisor map layer is selected, it displays map coloration showing
hazardous terrain at the current altitude and a slider on the right that can be used to
analyze hazards at different altitudes. Hazard Advisor can also display a Map Legend
showing hazard colors and settings, as well as a Profile Corridor showing obstacles
along the route.
Pro le
Corridor
Altitude
Slider
Map Legend
NOTE: Hazard Advisor only displays obstacles while airborne or when on the ground
and the Profile Corridor is enabled.
Auto
Mode
Label
Traffic (Internet)
In partnership with FlightAware, when on the ground and connected to the Internet (Wi-
Fi or Cellular Data) you can stream live global traffic (including decoded callsign,
Departure, Destination, and ETA).
Internet Traffic is disabled automatically after takeoff unless connected to the internet
via Wi-Fi or hotspot. It is impossible to display Internet Traffic while connected to an
ADS-B receiver.
The tail number and altitude are hidden when zoomed out and come into view as you
zoom in. Tap on a target to see additional information, including when the last position
update was received from FlightAware.
Tap the auto-center button in the upper-right of the traffic target pop-up to keep it in
view. Tap the auto-center button a 2nd time, or tap away from the target, to disengage
auto-center
Internet Traffic
Traffic Search
Traffic (ADS-B)
ADS-B traffic is the primary source of in-flight traffic information. ADS-B traffic requires
a supported external receiver. When connected, the Traffic layer is automatically
enabled and ForeFlight displays traffic detected by the receiver on the Maps view.
Aircraft need not be ADS-B Out equipped for ForeFlight to receive ADS-B traffic.
However, if your aircraft is not ADS-B Out equipped, ForeFlight may show significant
relative altitude discrepancies. For additional information, see ADS-B Traffic.
11.5.15 AIR/SIGMET/CWAs
AIR/SIGMET/CWAs cover regions provided by FAA and international SIGMETs. The
shapes are colored-coded based on type:
Center Weather Advisories receive the same color as their underlying report (eg,
Purple for IFR, etc…). These types can be selectively filtered from the map using the
five buttons at the bottom of the screen when the layer is selected.
Tap an AIR/SIGMET/CWA shape to display the sidebar listing all advisories at that
location, then tap on one to see full details about the advisory, including the highlighted
lateral boundary (thick orange border in the image at right); this is especially useful
when multiple *METs overlap in one place.
IFR conditions
Mountain obscuration
Convective outlook
Red and yellow NOTAMs will appear before grey NOTAMs. Zoom in on the map to
display grey and obstacle NOTAMs. Tap a NOTAM to reveal NOTAM details in the
sidebar. Graphical NOTAMs can be displayed in flight if the Pack feature is used.
Graphical NOTAMs are not provided with ADS-B.
NOTAM Settings
NOTAMs can be filtered based on type. To filter
NOTAMs, open the Map Settings (gear button) when the
NOTAM layer is selected and tap NOTAMs Settings.
NOTAM Settings
NOTE: A red NOTAM does not guarantee the airspace is restricted. Tap a NOTAM
to reveal NOTAM details to determine the status of the airspace.
11.5.17 TFR
The Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR) map layer is available when the iOS device
region is set to the United States. TFRs are issued exclusively for the United States
and are yellow until 8 hours before the scheduled start time. Within 8 hours of a TFR
being active, it is shown in Red until the end of the TFR.
11.5.20 Winds
Winds Aloft from 3000’ to FL540 in 3000’ increments are depicted on the map. To
adjust the altitude of forecasted winds, tap and hold on the altitude slider and move it
up or down until the desired altitude is shown. In-flight, tap the Auto button to adjust
the altitude automatically to your current cruising altitude.
Winds Aloft must be Packed to view while flying. Graphical Winds Aloft are not
available over ADS-B. Tap a wind barb to see the forecasted wind speed, direction, and
temperature at that altitude for the current three-hour forecast period.
Winds Aloft
Surface Wind Analysis (requires GDL 51 or GDL 52) - generated from an automated
forecast model, shows forecast wind speed and direction at tens of thousands of
evenly spaced points across the country. Good for viewing low-level circulations across
a wide area.
11.5.21 Obstacles
Obstacles show obstacle markers based on Jeppesen obstacle data.
Tap the play button on the left to animate the layers. The play button advances the time
slider frame-by-frame, while the timestamp on the left shows the date and time when
each frame is valid.
Forecast-based weather layers use a vertical white bar on the time slider to indicate
the present time. You can manually control the animation by tap-holding on the time
slider and dragging it left or right to view different frames or by tapping on the line to
the left or right of the slider to advance it one frame at a time in either direction.
NOTE: Once flight category data exceeds three hours, it is removed from the map.
The sidebar responds to tapped elements to display relevant information. For example,
if the Fuel: Jet A map layer is enabled and a fuel price is tapped, the sidebar
automatically displays FBO information. Similarly, tapping a METAR-based weather
layer (flight category, visibility, etc.) opens the airport details view with the METAR tab
selected. If a VFR Waypoint is tapped on the Aeronautical Map layer, the sidebar
displays information such as its waypoint type, ForeFlight Identifier, and whether or
not it is a compulsory reporting point.
The sidebar’s airport details view displays all the same information as the full-screen
Airports view. When an Aeronautical map airport icon is tapped, the airport details
view opens to the Info tab. If the Show Weather First setting is enabled, the sidebar
opens to the METAR tab.
Dynamic map layers such as Radar, Satellite, Icing (US & Global), Turbulence (US &
Global), Clouds, and Winds (Temps & Speeds) do not reveal the sidebar with a single
tap.
Location
The location section displays the coordinates and highest
elevation within 0.25 nautical miles. Coordinate format is
determined by the Unit/Time setting.
Airspace
The airspace section lists all airspace from the surface to
60,000 feet. Tap Details to highlight the airspace on the
map. The airspace details view displays frequencies,
RVSM cruise tables, operational notes, speed restrictions,
prior notification procedures, and communication details
for CPDLC and satellite services. Add to Route Menu
Nearby
The nearby section lists nearby airports, navigational aids, and waypoints, sorted by
distance. Icons are provided to assist with determining type. The All, Airports, Nav,
and Waypoint buttons at the bottom of the menu filter the nearby list.
Heliports, Private Airports, and Seaplane bases are only included in the nearby list if
the All or Airports filter is selected and the airport types are enabled in the
Aeronautical Map > Airport settings.
Tap an element in the waypoint list to append it to the end of the existing route. Tap
More to view Details or to plan a direct route.
Future Legs
Completed Leg
Undefined Path
Between Waypoints Active Leg
If the leg tapped overlaps another leg, the sidebar opens showing each leg overlapping
the region tapped. If one of the overlapping legs is currently being flown, it will have an
ACTIVE LEG badge.
With a Performance-tier subscription, numbered flags can be displayed on the map for
each Operational Note that exists along the planned route. Flags are numbered
sequentially for each Operational Note encountered. Tapping a flag highlights it and
opens the Sidebar with the details of the Operational Note displayed.
NOTE: Operational Notes can be viewed in the Sidebar with the Operational Note
setting disabled. The Operational Note setting only enables the flags.
Operational Notes (6 - 9)
11.10 Breadcrumbs
Breadcrumbs are an optional feature included with all ForeFlight plans that draw a thin
green line on the Map indicating your path since takeoff. When enabled in More >
Settings, breadcrumbs automatically displays when groundspeed exceeds 40 knots
and height AGL exceeds 250 feet. Breadcrumbs automatically stop when height AGL
decreases below 250 feet or groundspeed slows below 40 knots. For a video
demonstration, visit our Video Library.
Breadcrumbs remain displayed on the Map until manually cleared or the user-specified
time has elapsed without another flight being detected. To adjust how long
breadcrumbs are displayed, tap More > Settings > Breadcrumbs Clear After and
select an option.
As described in the next section, Breadcrumbs can be saved alongside your track log
recordings.
When a breadcrumb is saved, it is accessible from the Track Logs view and is
indistinguishable from other track logs. Breadcrumbs do not affect ongoing track log
recordings. In other words, a track log can be recorded for a flight and a breadcrumb
saved for the same flight.
Breadcrumbs can be saved at any time. This is useful for saving a particular maneuver
or portion of flight. After a breadcrumb is saved, it is cleared from the map and a new
breadcrumb is automatically started if groundspeed exceeds 40 knots and height AGL
exceeds 250 feet.
NOTE: It is not possible to save a breadcrumb while also leaving it on the map.
To save a breadcrumb, tap it and select Save as Track Log from the sidebar.
Clearing a Breadcrumb
To clear a breadcrumb without saving it, tap the breadcrumb and select Reset.
The traffic target’s breadcrumb depicts where the aircraft has been since your ADS-B
or FLARM receiver started receiving traffic data from the aircraft (up to 30 minutes).
This applies to both airborne and ground traffic targets.
This feature is useful for determining what type of flying the aircraft is doing and may
help determine where the aircraft is going next.
Traffic Breadcrumb
Traffic Labels
When Traffic Breadcrumbs are enabled and a traffic icon is tapped, a pulsing halo is
displayed around the icon, indicating it is the selected aircraft.
Ownship Traffic
Breadcrumb Breadcrumb
Map annotations remain on the map until cleared and automatically scale as you zoom
in and out. To clear all map annotations, tap the Annotation button, and tap the Clear
button near the top of the screen. The Eraser button can be used to remove individual
annotations. Tap the Undo or Redo buttons near the top of the screen to remove or
add back the most recent annotation changes.
Annotation
Settings
Annotation
Button
When using an Apple Pencil, the Auto Apple Pencil Drawing setting allows adding
map annotations by touching the Apple Pencil to the iPad’s screen without tapping the
Annotation button first. Double-tapping with your finger, towards the tip, on the flat
edge of the Apple 2 Pencil will switch between Writing and Eraser modes. Normal
touch gestures still allow panning, zooming, or tapping on map objects.
To add a Marked Position, tap the Pin button on the left side of the map.
Each position marker (green pin shape) includes the current time, GPS
coordinates, altitude, and speed, and you can name the point and add
additional notes if needed. If you do not enter a name the marker name shown
on the Maps page is the time when the marker was dropped.
Markers are included in a track log recorded during the flight, and can be shared
as part of the Track log, viewed in a flight whose ETD and duration span the time
when the marker was dropped, and exported from the flight as a KML or CSV
file.
The pins for positions marked during a particular flight are automatically hidden from
the map 15 minutes after the end of the flight.
After the flight you can edit a Marked Position by viewing the
Track Log containing the position and tapping the Marked
Position or tapping the Track Log “Info” button and scrolling
down to the Marked Position, or by opening a Flight whose
ETD and duration span the time when the marker was
dropped and scrolling down to the “Flight Log” section.
Marked Positions are saved in a Track Log and are included Positions
when the Track Log is exported as a KML for use in another
app.
Tracks are updated automatically, and tapping on a track shows additional details such
as valid times and controller notes.
Display the tracks by selecting the Aeronautical Data layer, then tapping the Maps
Settings (gear) button, selecting Airways, and turning the Organized Tracks switch ON.
You can display only the tracks relevant to your direction of flight by de-selecting East
or West as needed.
Organized Tracks cannot currently be automatically added to a route, but the points on
a track can be added manually using touch planning.
Smart airway labels only appear when an airway is explicitly named in the Route
Editor, meaning that one of the route “bubbles” is the airway’s name. To ensure all
airway labels are shown, turn the Airway Decoding Setting to “All Waypoints Shown.”
Building a route with the individual waypoints in an airway but without naming the
airway itself will result in the airway labels not appearing.
Smart airway labels are tied to other route labels and can be disabled by turning off
Route Labels in Maps Settings.
Pro Plus and Performance Plus subscriptions will also include a 3D depiction of the
obstacles and terrain ahead of you (Synthetic Vision). Tap the Attitude Indicator (AI)/
Synthetic Vision (SV) button at the top of the Maps page to view the AI/SV display.
When the iPad is in landscape orientation, the AI/SV display is shown on the left side
of the screen. When the iPad is in Portrait orientation, the AI/SV display is shown at
the top of the screen on the Maps page. Tap the Full/Half-screen button in the lower-
left corner of the screen to switch between split-screen and full-screen AI display in
either landscape or portrait orientation.
Active Leg
information
Attitude
Indicator
GPS Rate of
Horizon line
Climb (ft/min)
(white)
Ground Track
with cross-
track error
NOTE: The iPhone Display Zoom setting must be set to Default to use SV. To
adjust this on the iPhone go to Settings > Display & Brightness > Display
Zoom and select Default.
Once Glance Mode is enabled, the heading, altitude, and groundspeed indicators
disappear to provide a more open view, and a circular field of view indicator including a
“slice” appears to show the camera orientation relative to your ground track and the
horizon.
Use single-finger touch to pan the view both horizontally and vertically, and use two
fingers pinch to zoom in (up to 10x) and out. The view indicator “slice” narrows as the
view zooms in, widens as the view returns to normal, gets shorter as the view tilts
down, and gets longer the view tilts up:
View tilted down View tilted up View zoomed out View zoomed in
A radial timer begins moving clockwise around the view indicator after
your last touch, and Glance Mode automatically exits if no touches are
received within six seconds. In this example, approximately two seconds
have passed since the last touch.
You can also tap on the view indicator to manually exit Glance Mode and
return the view to its default forward direction.
1 2 4 3 5
You can search by name, identifier, latitude/longitude, or bearing and distance from a
waypoint. The waypoint will be shown with a marker. Typing in a waypoint will not clear
any route showing on the Maps view. To remove the animated waypoint marker, simply
tap elsewhere on the map.
Example Searches:
• KJFK - Centers the map on KJFK airport
• GARBENHEIMER WEISEN - Centers the map on the airport of the same name in
Germany
• FLW - Centers the map on the FLW VOR
• 32.3N/99W - Centers the map on the latitude/longitude
• 324455/-0804557 - Centers the map on 32°44’55”N, 80°45’57”W
• N324455/W0804557 - Centers the map on 32°44’55”N, 80°45’57”W
• 3244.92/-08045.95 - Centers the map on 32°44’55”N, 80°45’57”W
• 3244556/-08045576 - Centers the map on 32°44’55.6”N, 80°45’57.6”W
• 4952N - ARINC 424 coordinates, centers the map at 49N 52W
• HIGAL/320/15 - Centers the map on 15nm bearing 320°M from HIGAL. If a VOR
is given as the reference waypoint, then the directional information is assumed
to indicate a radial, not a bearing
• LAX/246R/20 - Centers map on the 246 radial, 20nm from LAX
• LAX/246M/20 - Centers map on the 246 Magnetic bearing, 20nm from LAX
• LAX/246T/20 - Centers map on the 246 True bearing, 20nm from LAX
• MZB293/SLI148 - Centers map on intersection of MZB’s 293 radial and SLI’s 148
radial
NavLog
Profile View
ForeFlight Mobile Pilot’s Guide 300
11. MAPS
11.17.1 Route Summary
The bottom of the FPL Menu Edit and Navlog views contains a summary of the planned
route. To the right of the summary are buttons for previewing the route in 3D, packing
for the route, saving the route (Favorite), and sharing the route.
3D
Preview Favorite
Pack Share
Total route distance, estimated time en route (ETE), estimated time of arrival (ETA),
required fuel, and average wind component are displayed in the summary.
ETE is determined by evaluating the route, including the planned cruise altitude,
forecast winds, and the selected aircraft’s performance profile. If an estimated time of
departure (ETD) is specified, the ETA is populated. If an ETD is not selected, the ETA
field is blank.
The fuel field depicts the fuel required for the route using the selected performance
profile (not including alternate fuel requirements). The average wind component for the
route is displayed for flights within seven days. Beyond seven days, wind forecasts can
be unreliable and the summary will calculate the route using a zero wind condition.
To use this feature, construct a route and tap the 3D Preview button (shaped like a
globe). The Route 3D Preview window opens over the previous screen and includes
the elements described below.
Position Step
Details Selector
Route
Curtain
Layer
Selector
3D
Camera Mode Preview
Time
Scale
Play/Pause and
Speed Controls
Position Details
The top left corner of the Route 3D Preview window provides details about the current
moment in the preview video. By default, this includes the aircraft’s current MSL
altitude and the time based on the planned departure time.
Layer Selector
The Route 3D Preview can display or hide certain map and weather features along the
route. To display these features, tap the layer icon and select one item in each section
from the available options.
Tap Airports to display or hide nearby airports along the route. Airports are displayed
using standard aeronautical map symbols.
Tap an airport icon to display its details. Departure, destination, and any other airports
that are part of the route are instead represented as blue circles and cannot be hidden
by this layer.
Off-Route
Airports
Can Be
Displayed On-Route
or Hidden Airports
Always
Display
Airports Layer
Tap one of the available weather layers (Icing (US), Icing (Global), Turbulence (US),
Turbulence (Global), or Clouds) to display the forecast weather of that type along the
route. When the layer is first tapped, the age of the weather forecast is shown next to
the label.
A slider on the right side of the screen can be used to display the selected weather as
colored graphics at different altitudes. Tapping the RTE button at the top of the slider
causes the slider to adjust in real-time to match the planned flight altitude as the video
is animated.
Displaying this layer also adds a label to the Position Details box indicating the
severity of that weather at the current position of the aircraft in the playback video.
Cloud
Coverage
at Cloud
Aircraft Layer at
Altitude Slider
(None) Altitude
Forecast
Age Altitude
Slider
While in third-person camera mode, use a single finger to pan the view around and the
2-finger “pinch to zoom” to zoom the view out behind the current aircraft position.
While in first-person camera mode, use the same gestures as above. However, the
camera zooms forward from the cockpit rather than out from the rear of the aircraft.
Also, once fingers are lifted from the device, the camera returns to the forward position
after five seconds as indicated by a radial timer. Tap this timer to instantly return the
camera forward.
Step Selector
At the top right corner, the Route window displays the length of the route (23.7 nm in
the example below) and can be tapped to show a list of steps in the route. Tap any of
the steps to rewind or fast-forward the preview video to the beginning of that step. Tap
Route to expand or collapse the list of steps.
Selected
Step
Aircraft
Position
Step Selector
• Play/Pause: Tap the Play/Pause button on the left side to start and stop the
video animation.
• Speed Selector: Tap the Speed Selector button (defaulted to 1x) to play the
video at 1x, 3x, 5x, 10x, or 20x speed.
• Route Steps: Blue triangles along the Time Scale indicate when a step in the
route begins. The departure and destination airports are indicated by blue
circles. These icons correspond with items in the Step Selector list, but they
cannot be tapped to change aircraft position.
• Time Scale: Slide one finger left or right along the Time Scale to scrub the video
to a specific moment. The Time Scale extends from the beginning to the end of
the route, as indicated by large vertical white lines.
Route Curtain
The horizontal and vertical path of the route is drawn as a semi-transparent curtain
extending from the surface up to the flight altitude. The route line above the curtain is
always blue, but the curtain can be one of three colors:
Route Curtain
Route Sharing
Routes can be shared via various methods. Tap the share (Send To) button and select
one of the sharing options.
• Mail creates a new email message with your navigation log and a screenshot of
your trip. The message also includes a link that other ForeFlight Mobile users
can tap to load your route onto their iPad or iPhone. NOTE: This option only
appears if an email account is set up in your device’s Mail app.
• Flights copies the current route and performance data to an empty flight plan on
the Flights view. NOTE: Tapping this button does not directly file the flight plan
or submit a request for a briefing.
• Logbook creates a new logbook entry and auto-fills it with the current route,
aircraft, and estimated time enroute.
• Print allows printing of the navigation log to a connected AirPrint printer.
• Clipboard will copy the flight plan to the iPad internal clipboard to allow pasting
in another application.
• Cockpit Sharing allows routes to be shared to other iOS devices on the same
Wi-Fi network that are running ForeFlight (listed by device name). Wi-Fi ADS-B
receivers such as Sentry accommodate Cockpit Sharing. This feature is enabled
in More > Settings.
Route elements are any airport, navigational aid, waypoint, airway, or procedure. Route
elements are color-coded based on type.
Traffic Holding
Departures NDB ERROR
Patterns Patterns
11.17.6 Profile
The Profile button on the Flight Plan Menu opens up an interactive cross-section of
the planned route including the flight’s climb, en route, and descent phases. This
feature requires a Pro Plus or higher subscription and is described in the Profile View
section.
On smaller screens, it’s not possible to display all of the columns. Only the destination,
departure, heading, and distance/fuel/time totals are depicted. This NavLog is
independent of the Navlog generated with the Flights view.
• Planned Data: Information in the From, To, Heading (or Course), Totals, and Leg
columns represent the planned route and is based on the information provided in
the Search box, or based on your selected aircraft’s performance profile. This
information is not updated once displayed.
• Real-Time Distance, ETE/ETA: The Remaining and ETA columns are updated in
real-time based on current GPS position and groundspeed. The distance
remaining on the leg, estimated time enroute for the leg, and estimated time of
arrival at the next waypoint are displayed.
NOTE: during pre-flight planning on the ground, the Remaining and ETA columns
will not show accurate information, because they require actual (real-time) GPS
speed and position to update.
• DIST, ETA, ETA, Fuel, and Wind: The information in the lower-left of the table
are planned values calculated when the route is entered, so are not updated in-
flight.
Tap on a waypoint ID in the table to jump to that waypoint on
the map.
Profile View is available on iPad and iPhone by selecting Profile from the bottom right
corner of the FPL window. Profile View requires a Pro Plus or higher subscription.
Profile View
Corridor Width specifies the total distance (perpendicular to the route) for which
hazards are analyzed. For example, an 8 nm corridor width setting displays all hazards
within 4 nm on either side of the route.
Hazard Altitude settings are available at the bottom of the Profile View hazard settings
menu (gear button) and in More > Settings. Hazard Altitudes Setting
When one of the other settings is selected (e.g., Heli 50’ / 300’), hazards are yellow
when clearance is less than 300’ and red when clearance is less than 50’.
Waypoint Menu
Cruise altitude for subsequent legs can be adjusted by tapping a waypoint where the
altitude change is to occur and manually entering a new cruise altitude in the waypoint
menu.
Slide up or
down to
change initial
cruise
altitude Tap to change
cruise altitude
Specify new
cruise altitude
When flying, the route button displays the aircraft’s current position along the
planned route. Tap the aircraft button to return to flight mode. In flight mode, the
Profile View automatically displays an aircraft symbol and horizontal dashed line at
your geometric altitude relative to sea level (GSL). Height above ground (AGL) is
shown below the aircraft’ GSL altitude.
In flight mode, clearance is the difference between the highest point within 60 nm of
the aircraft’s current track and the current GSL.
Hazard information is displayed in the Profile View header. While in flight, the distance
and time (based on the current groundspeed) to the First Strike is displayed.
• Clearance values less than 1,000 feet result in a yellow Clearance label.
• Clearance values less than 100 feet result in a red Clearance label.
• If a first strike is anticipated, the First Strike label is yellow. In flight, the label is
changed to red when the time and distance to the first strike is less than zero.
Obstacles and terrain are considered hazards if they are within the user-specified
Profile Corridor.
In Flight Mode, only obstacles and terrain ahead of the current aircraft position are
considered. First-strike markers and hazard coloration are not applied to anything
behind the current flight path.
This safety buffer is demonstrated in the image below. The 40-nm Profile Corridor
encompasses two 1,000-ft AGL towers south of the route line even though the aircraft
passes well to their north. Both towers are given strike indicators.
Weather in Profile View uses the same color scales as the overhead map to depict
varying intensities for each layer at multiple altitudes in relation to the route line.
Profile View automatically considers the planned departure and en route times to
display the appropriate weather forecast. For longer flights, multiple forecast periods
are blended together.
ForeFlight will display Icing, Turbulence, and Cloud forecasts in Profile View during a
flight if Pack was used to download the data while connected to the Internet. Profile
View does not support ADS-B Icing, Turbulence, or Cloud weather layers.
If no forecast data is available for all or part of the route, either because the duration of
the flight exceeds the forecast period, or because Pack was not used prior to the flight,
Profile shows hatch lines at the position along the route that corresponds to when the
data is not available.
• The MSL height of the point above terrain/obstacle hazards within the lateral
bounds of the user-specified Corridor Width.
• The vertical clearance of the point from underlying terrain or obstacle hazards
within the lateral bounds of the user-specified Corridor Width. The text is red if
the point has a vertical clearance of < 100 ft, yellow if it has a vertical clearance
of < 1,000 ft, and green if it has a vertical clearance of 1,000 ft or more.
• The NM distance of the point from the flight's planned departure.
Hazard Details
NOTE: If the Airspace layer is enabled and a point within controlled airspace is
scrubbed, the boundaries of that airspace are highlighted both in the Profile View and
on the map.
• Marker Width: The marker always spans the user-specified Corridor Width.
This can be used to visualize how far to the left and right of the route centerline
ForeFlight scans for potential hazards, even when the Profile Corridor is not
displayed.
• Marker Color: The color of the marker indicates the vertical proximity to
underlying obstacles or terrain within the user-specified Corridor Width. The
line is red if the point has a vertical clearance of < 100 ft, yellow if it has a
vertical clearance of < 1,000 ft, and green if it has a vertical clearance of 1,000 ft
or more.
Route Marker
When the ruler is displayed on the map, you can scrub along the Profile view to see
the airspace details, altitude, and terrain clearance popup for the area corresponding
to points along the ruler’s path. Single-tap on the Maps page to remove the ruler and
return to the Route/Flight Profile view.
NOTE: The hazard detection boundary may lose uniformity around legs less than 2
nm long. For details, see this article in the ForeFlight Support Center.
Hazard
Detection
Boundary
Highest
Terrain
Highest
Obstacle
Profile
Corridor
Settings
Hazard Altitudes
When the Hazard Advisor map layer and Profile Corridor are both displayed, the
Profile Corridor shows the highest-point markers along each leg, and all obstacles
along the route that present a hazard to your aircraft at its current altitude (or the
current setting of the Altitude Slider). The minimum height of obstacles displayed, and
their color, depends on the Hazard Altitudes setting.
When the Hazard Advisor map layer is not displayed, the Profile Corridor only shows
the highest terrain and obstacle markers along each leg.
• When Profile Corridor is on but the Hazard Advisor map layer is off, the Profile
Corridor displays only the highest-point markers along each leg of the route.
• When both the Profile Corridor and Hazard Advisor map layer are on, the Profile
Corridor displays the highest-point markers and may display additional obstacles
along your route when the Hazard Advisor is in Active Mode.
• When Profile Corridor is off and the Hazard Advisor map layer is on, obstacles
are displayed only when the Hazard Advisor is in Active Mode.
Corridor Width
This setting (ranging from 0.5 — 100 nm), determines the width of the Profile Corridor.
When this setting is changed, the Profile Corridor visibly expands or contracts around
the route line. This may assign new highest-point markers for each leg.
NOTE: Changing the Corridor Width also affects how terrain and obstacles display in
the Profile View and Hazard Advisor.
NOTE: If several highest-point markers are close together on the map, the marker
with a highest altitude may cover up the others. Zooming in closer should make the
other markers easier to see.
• Red markers depict terrain or obstacles within the alert altitude buffer.
• Yellow markers depict terrain or obstacles within the cautionary altitude buffer.
• White markers depict terrain or obstacles below the cautionary altitude buffer.
• Tapping Highest Terrain markers provides the point’s MSL altitude and latitude/
longitude coordinates.
• Tapping Highest Obstacle markers provides the point’s MSL altitude, type, AGL
altitude, and lighting details.
11.20 Ruler
Distances can be measured on the Maps view at any time by holding down two fingers
on the map until the ruler appears. Hold both fingers on the Map and slide them
across the map to reposition the ruler to take measurements between other locations.
The ruler is also handy for quickly visualizing great-circle (direct) routes between two
points. When measuring distances less than three nautical miles the distance will also
be displayed in feet, helpful for measuring available runway.
When using the ruler in flight, the current groundspeed will be used to show the time of
travel for the distance measured. When not in flight, the TAS from your current route
or default aircraft will be used instead.
Fuel burn estimates are also shown using the fuel burn provided for the current route
or from the default aircraft. All time and fuel estimates are based on no-wind
conditions. Initial course bearings are also shown from each side of the ruler.
The ruler will remain on the Map after you remove your fingers. To remove the ruler,
tap on the Map.
On the iPad, six instruments are displayed in portrait mode and eight in landscape
mode. On iPhones, up to five instruments are displayed in portrait and eight in
landscape. Smaller iPhone’s display four instruments in portrait and six in landscape.
The instruments on the right and left ends of the instrument panel in landscape mode
are hidden when the device is rotated to portrait.
Show / Hide
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel
Standard Instruments
• Groundspeed displays GPS groundspeed.
• GPS Altitude displays geometric altitude as determined by an external GPS or
the iOS device’s internal GPS.
• Height AGL displays the GPS altitude above the highest terrain within a 1/4 nm
circle around your present location. The Height AGL instrument requires a
groundspeed of 40 knots or greater and a Pro Plus or Performance Plus
subscription.
• Height MEF shows a dynamic Maximum Elevation Figure (MEF) for a half
degree latitude by half degree longitude box centered on your aircraft’s location
when moving at 40 knots or greater. Height MEF is calculated as: the tallest
obstacle or terrain in that box, rounded up to the nearest 200 feet. The Height
MEF instrument requires a Pro Plus or Performance Plus subscription.
• Pressure Altitude and Cabin Pressure show pressure altitude as derived by a
barometric sensor, if present. If connected to a Sentry or other external device
Destination Instruments
• ETE Dest shows the estimated time en route (ETE) to the destination in hours,
minutes, and seconds.
• ETA Dest shows the estimated time to arrival (ETA) at the destination in the
selected time format (local, station, or Zulu).
• Distance to Dest shows the distance to the destination in the selected format
(nautical miles, statute miles, or kilometers).
• Bearing to Dest shows the current bearing in the selected format (Magnetic or
True) needed to fly straight to the destination.
• Descent to Dest shows the vertical speed in the selected format (feet per
minute or meters per minute) needed to reach the destination elevation at
arrival.
Routes are automatically added to the Recent route list as you plan flights. Favorite
routes are added when you tap the star button at the bottom of the FPL view.
To delete a Favorite or Recent route, swipe from right to left on the route.
Changes to your Favorite and Recent routes, including adding, removing, and
changing the order of the routes, are automatically synced to each device that is
signed in to your ForeFlight Mobile account.
When searching for a Recent or Favorite route, the lists can be filtered by searching on
the following items.
• Tail Number
• Destination / Departure
• Favorite Route Name
• Route Elements (waypoint)
12.1 Design
The following sections describe the two layouts and key features of the Plates view.
12.1.1 Layout
The Plates view displays one of two layouts depending on how it was accessed:
Full-Screen Split-Screen
Intuitive Navigation
The Plates view incorporates on-screen finger gestures to pan and zoom, and a
three-finger swipe to quickly switch between plates in a binder.
This is meant to replicate the functionality of traditional paper kneeboards and to make
using plates easier during busy flights.
• Flight Binders are used to organize plates for a specific flight and can be
generated from the Maps and Flights views.
• Other Binders are used for unstructured collections of plates.
The availability of specific plates is limited only by the regions allowed in a subscription
plan. ForeFlight-generated plates are available regardless of subscription.
Georeferenced Procedure
Plates can be published by different sources. When a user opens a plate, the version
displayed varies based on availability and priority. It is not possible to reorder or assign
plate priority. ForeFlight offers the following types of plates.
Jeppesen
Jeppesen plates are available to ForeFlight users who link their existing Jeppesen
subscriptions or purchase Jeppesen coverage from ForeFlight. If Jeppesen coverage
is installed on a device, the plates will appear above all other plates and are the
default plates when selecting a procedure using the Procedure Advisor.
NOTE: ForeFlight Military Flight Bag accounts with Jeppesen coverage installed
default to the government procedures, but this can be changed using the More >
Jeppesen > Prioritize Jeppesen Plates setting.
ForeFlight
ForeFlight creates its own versions of many airport diagrams as another option for
users. These are displayed by default when neither Jeppesen nor government airport
diagrams are available. ForeFlight plates have the ForeFlight logo in the bottom
margin. ForeFlight Plates do not exist for all airports. However, unlike other types of
plates, ForeFlight plates are available to all users regardless of their regional
subscription.
Georeferenced
Georeferenced plates are Jeppesen, government, ForeFlight, or other plates that have
an additional embedded geospatial layer.
A georeferenced plate can be identified by a thin blue box around the plan view area of
the plate. Most plates are georeferenced. If a plate is not georeferenced, it is usually
because it is not drawn to scale.
Toolbar
Instruments
NOTE: The NOTAM Alert banner is not displayed when the Plate is sent to Maps.
Tap the banner to view the NOTAMs associated with the plate, grouped vertically by
age. Tap Show All NOTAMs to see a breakdown of Airport, Obstacle, TFR/ARTCC,
and Jeppesen NOTAMs for the airport. Tap again anywhere off of the popup to close it.
A colored box to the left of each plate name indicates its subject:
• APD - Airport Diagram, Airport Info, Airspace Diagram, Advisories, Low Vis Taxi
Routes, Parking Gates, or ODP Obstacle Takeoff Notes
• DP - Departure Procedure
• STAR - Arrival Procedure
• IAP - Approach Procedure
• MIN - Takeoff Minimums (Obstacle) Departure Procedures, and Diverse Vector
Area (Radar Vectors), Alternate Minimums.
Tap a plate name to display it, or tap Clear to empty the list. If an Other Binder has
been left “open”, tap the Plus (+) button to add it to the binder. If the Plate is already
added, the words “In Binder” are displayed.
iPad Type text on the plate using an iOS keyboard with controls
iPhone for font style, size, alignment, and color.
iPad Edit annotation size, font, alignment, color, fill color, opacity,
iPhone thickness, style, layer order, and color presets.
Tap to Rotate
NOTE: If this button is not visible, it can be enabled by tapping More > Account >
ForeFlight Labs and toggling on Taxi Routes.
12.3.7 FBO
When viewing an airport diagram, the FBO button is visible in the toolbar. Tap it to
show or hide FBO location labels on the diagram.
To send the currently displayed plate to a printer, tap the Send To button, select
PRINT, and then select the iOS Printer Options.
The Send To button can also be used to print an entire Flight Binder.
Send To
Map or Print
NOTE: ForeFlight does not control printer settings or page sizes. This must be done
in the printer interface.
IMPORTANT: The Lock button does not lock plate orientation (portrait or landscape).
To lock orientation, use the orientation lock setting on the iOS device.
To configure this control so it also disables every other button on the device screen,
tap More > Settings, swipe down the Plates and Documents Views section, and toggle
on Lock Disables Buttons. Then, when the Lock button is pressed, all functionality on
the device screen will be disabled including:
2
3
1. On the map, tap the plate or the gear icon in its top-left corner.
2. In the popup, tap Hide Plate to remove it from the map.
1. On the map, tap the plate or the gear icon in its top-left corner.
2. Tap View Fullscreen to open the plate in the Plates view.
3. Tap Close to return to the previous location on the Maps view.
1. On the map, tap the plate or the gear icon in its top-left corner.
2. In the popup, the displayed plate will have a blue checkmark next to it. Tap any
other plate listed to display it instead.
1. On the map, tap the plate or the gear icon in its top-left corner.
2. Toggle the Show FBOs button on to display or hide interactive FBO labels.
3. Toggle the Show Annotations button to show or hide annotations previously
added to the plate.
1. On the map, tap the plate or the gear icon in its top-left corner.
2. Toggle the Invert Plate Colors button on or off as necessary.
NOTE: This change affects all place where plates can be viewed in ForeFlight, not
just on the map.
Adjusting Transparency
To adjust the transparency of a plate on the map (in order to view or hide map features
behind the plate), follow these steps:
1. On the map, tap the plate or the gear icon in its top-left corner.
2. At the bottom of the plate details, move the transparency slider left (transparent)
or right (opaque) as necessary.
To rename a Flight Binder or Other Binder, tap the Edit button at the top of the Binders
Drawer, then tap RENAME next to a binder to enter a new name. Tap Save to finish
naming that binder, and tap Done to finish editing binders.
Renaming Binders
To reorder a Flight Binder or Other Binder, tap the Edit button at the top of the Binders
Drawer, then tap and hold the (☰) icon next to a binder to drag it to a different position
in its list. Tap Done when finished.
Reordering Binders
To remove a binder, tap the Edit button at the top of the Binders Drawer, tap the (-)
icon next to a binder, and tap Delete to remove the binder (but not its plates) from the
device. Tap Done when finished.
Deleting Binders
• The departure airport section has folders for airport diagrams, departure
procedures, return-to-base approaches, and miscellaneous procedures.
• The destination airport section has folders for arrival procedures, approach
procedures, airport diagrams, and miscellaneous procedures.
An airport selector at the top of each group determines which plates that group can
hold. A number under each folder indicates how many plates it contains. Folders
without any plates have no number.
Departure
Airport
Selector
Departure
Airport
Plates
Destination
Airport
Selector
Destination
Airport
Plates
The new blank Flight Binder template can be used to manually add airports and
plates.
Selecting Airports
The Flight Binder includes two airport selection buttons. Each one is labeled with the
currently selected airport’s identifier (e.g. KSFO) or blank (------) if no airport is
selected.
While these two buttons are intended for the departure and destination airports, any
pair can be selected. To add or replace the current airport, tap its button and use the
Select Airport menu to choose a different airport. This configures the folders beneath it
to display or download plates for that airport.
Selecting Airport
To see a list of added and optional plates for a given folder, tap an empty folder or
long-tap (tap, hold, and release) a non-empty folder. In the list, Plates already added to
the binder display blue checkmarks by their names.
Viewing/Adding Plates
1. Open a Flight Binder, tap the Send To icon and select PRINT BINDER.
2. In the Print Options window, swipe through the print preview and remove any
unwanted plates from the print job by tapping their blue checkmark.
3. Depending on the capabilities of the connected printer, change the layout as
needed (e.g. print multiple plates on one page, or print on both sides of the
page).
4. When print options are selected, tap Print.
Send To Button
Selected
Printer
Selected
to Print
Print
Removed Options
from
Print Job
NOTE: The Search bar above the Other Binder is not specific to the Plates view. It
displays airports, places, procedures, documents, and recent search results in the
applicable ForeFlight view.
Plates inside Other Binders appear as large icons with filenames displayed in labels
along their bottom edges. These labels are color-coded according to type: Airport,
Departure, Arrival, Approach, and Minimums.
1. In the Plates view, expand the Binders Drawer and tap an Other Binder to
display its contents.
2. In the Plates Viewer, tap ADD PLATE.
3. In the Select Airport window, use the search bar or ForeFlight-generated
suggestions to select the airport, and then scroll through the list of that airport’s
plates.
4. Tap a plate name to display it without adding, or tap the plus (+) button next to
its name to add it to the binder.
5. If a plate is already in the binder, the words “In Binder” are displayed next to the
name. Adding it again creates a duplicate.
NOTE: Plates can also be added to a binder while working on unrelated tasks in
ForeFlight. The next section describes how to do so by leaving an Other Binder
“open” while working.
1. In the Plates view, expand the Binders Drawer and tap an Other Binder to
display its contents.
2. With the binder still open, navigate away from the Plates view to complete other
tasks in ForeFlight.
3. If a plate is opened while working in the Maps view, Airports view, or Flights
view, tap the Add to Binder button (shaped like a folder). This button only
appears if the Other Binder is still selected on the Plates view.
4. If the plate has already been added to the binder, confirm the prompt to add a
duplicate. Since a binder only contains references to a plate stored on the
device, each duplicate opens the same plate, and annotations applied to one
plate affects its duplicate.
Note that ForeFlight does not control printer settings or page sizes. This must be done
using the iOS Printer Options.
NOTE: For the purpose of this guide, when referencing “document” or “documents”
any supported file type can be interchanged.
ForeFlight Mobile Pilot’s Guide 377
13. DOCUMENTS
Catalog Toggle
Toolbar
Binders
Drives
Selected
Drive
Contents
Documents View
13.2 Toolbar
The toolbar includes buttons for showing and hiding the Documents Catalog, changing
the document thumbnail type, adjusting document settings, editing drives and binders,
and searching ForeFlight Mobile for aeronautical and document data.
• When viewing the contents of a binder, the Edit button can be used to rearrange
or remove documents from that binder.
13.3 Binders
Binders provide a convenient method for users to organize and store their chosen
documents within folders, making them easily accessible for future reference.
Documents from any drive can be added to a binder. For instance, a user could create
a binder that includes documents from both the Imported drive and a subscription-
based drive, like the FAA drive.
Files added to a binder are not duplicates of the original. Rather, a file opened from a
binder is the same file that’s opened from its original location. Annotations and
bookmarks that have been added to a document appear regardless if the document is
opened from a binder or its original location.
Binders are synced and can be accessed through ForeFlight Web as well as any
devices that are logged into your account.
Document Binders
The standard method for adding a binder is to tap the Add New Binder button near the
bottom of the Binders section. After tapping the button, a pop-up appears prompting
the user for a binder name.
1. Tap the Edit button near the top of the Binders section.
2. Tap RENAME next to the binder to be renamed.
3. Edit the binder’s name.
4. Tap Save.
5. Once all binders are appropriately renamed, tap Done.
1. Open the document from its original drive (e.g. Imported > AC 91-73B).
2. Tap the Add Document to Binder button in the upper toolbar.
3. In the pop-up menu, tap the binder or binders that the document should be
added to. When a document is added to a binder, the binder’s count (e.g., “6
documents”) increases by one and the checkbox is highlighted.
4. Once the document has been added to the appropriate binders, tap outside the
pop-up menu.
1. Tap and hold a document until it appears to lift off the screen.
2. Without lifting your finger, drag the document to its new location.
3. Release your finger from the screen.
• When viewing a binder, tap Edit > Remove button > Remove.
• When viewing a binder in list view, swipe right to left across a document.
• When viewing a document that is included in a binder, tap the Add to Binder
button and deselect the binder it is included in.
Delete
Button
13.4 My Drives
The My Drives section contains the Imported drive. This drive consists of documents
that have been manually imported to ForeFlight. Pilots with a Pro Plus or higher
subscription also have the ability to add a Cloud Drive.
My Drives
Documents supports files with a maximum size of 500 MB. The following file types are
supported in ForeFlight Documents:
NOTE: Maximum file size for importing documents via ForeFlight Web is 115 MB.
1. Open the Documents view and tap the Imported drive to display its contents.
2. Tap the [+] button in the upper toolbar.
3. Select where to import documents from (Camera, Photo Library, Files).
4. Locate and tap the file to be imported.
Importing from third-party apps
Many apps can share files with other apps. If the shared file type is supported by
Documents, ForeFlight Mobile will appear as an app that can receive the shared file. To
import files using third-party apps, follow the steps below:
NOTE: These steps may vary slightly depending on which apps are used.
1. Open the app that has the file to be imported (e.g., Mail, Files, Safari, etc).
2. Open the file to be shared.
3. Tap the Send To button.
4. Choose ForeFlight from the list of apps that can accept the file. ForeFlight
Mobile will automatically open.
5. If using a Performance-tier account, select whether the file should be saved to a
flight or to the Imported drive.
6. After selecting Documents, the Documents view is opened, and the imported file
is displayed in the full-screen document viewer.
NOTE: Individual pilot accounts cannot link to a cloud drive that is already linked to
another ForeFlight account.
The drive name can be edited after initial setup using the cloud drive’s settings menu
in ForeFlight Web > Documents.
IMPORTANT: When naming a cloud drive, do not use a drive or subfolder name that
already exists. For example, don’t use Jeppesen, FAA, Handbooks, Legends, etc.
OneDrive
A OneDrive integration requires the user to specify the
name of the synced OneDrive folder. This is done with
the Drive Folder field.
Amazon S3
When integrating with an Amazon S3 folder, you will
need to provide an access key and a corresponding
secret access key to authenticate and authorize
access. Instructions for obtaining this information can
be found on the next page.
After entering account credentials, and verifying via email (if applicable), a pop-up
appears. Click Grant Access to allow ForeFlight to access the cloud drive.
NOTE: If your are unable to sign into your cloud drive or the wrong account is synced
to ForeFlight, add the cloud drive using an incognito or private browser session as
your computer’s browser may be automatically populating cloud drive account
credentials.
The synced bucket name is not restricted to “ForeFlight” but should be intuitive and
must contain all files and documents that are to sync with ForeFlight. The file path
below provides an example of the correct Amazon S3 file structure.
S3 Bucket Permissions
In addition to providing an access and secret key, ForeFlight needs to be granted
access to the S3 bucket. By default, all Amazon S3 buckets are private. Access to the
bucket can be granted in one of two ways:
• Grant ForeFlight access to the synced bucket by explicitly listing it. See the List
Bucket Method on the next page for more information.
• Grant ForeFlight access to all S3 buckets. See the List All Buckets Method for
more information.
To edit bucket permissions, follow the steps below:
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Sid": "BucketLevelPermissions",
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": "s3:ListBucket",
"Resource": "arn:aws:s3:::<foreflight_bucket_name>"
},
{
"Sid": "ObjectLevelPermissions",
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"s3:ListBucket",
"s3:GetBucketLocation",
"s3:GetObject",
"s3:GetObjectVersion",
"s3:GetBucketAcl"
],
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:s3:::<foreflight_bucket_name>",
"arn:aws:s3:::<foreflight_bucket_name>/*"
]
}
]
}
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Sid": "BucketLevelPermissions",
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"s3:ListAllMyBuckets"
],
"Resource": "*"
},
{
"Sid": "ObjectLevelPermissions",
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": [
"s3:ListBucket",
"s3:GetBucketLocation",
"s3:GetObject",
"s3:GetObjectVersion",
"s3:GetBucketAcl"
],
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:s3:::<foreflight_bucket_name>",
"arn:aws:s3:::foreflight_bucket_name>/*"
]
}
]
}
Documents supports various cloud drive file types with a maximum file size of 1 GB.
The following file types are supported in ForeFlight Documents:
With the exceptions of OneDrive and Amazon S3 account setup options, all cloud
drives offer the following settings.
Sharing Options
• Users may email documents from their accounts allows users to email cloud
drive files from ForeFlight. When disabled, the email button in ForeFlight is
greyed out and cannot be selected.
• Users may print documents from their accounts allows users to print cloud
drive files from within ForeFlight. When disabled, the print button is greyed out
and cannot be selected.
Sync Options
• Automatically download all Documents to pilots iOS devices downloads the
files in the cloud drive to the iPad or iPhone when an active internet connection
is available. This setting is not affected by the Automatic Download settings.
• Automatically download all Content Packs to pilots iOS devices downloads
the Content Packs in the cloud drive to the iPad or iPhone when an active
internet connection is available. This setting is not affected by the Automatic
Download settings.
To unlink a cloud drive, click Unlink Drive at the bottom of the cloud drive settings
menu.
If a cloud drive is added to ForeFlight after it has been unlinked, pilots will have access
to both the Missing Drive and cloud drive in the My Drive section of the document
catalog.
IMPORTANT: The Missing Drive is not synced. In the event a cloud drive is
accidentally unlinked and then relinked, administrator should advise pilots to delete
the contents of the Missing Drive, thus removing it from the device. If not, pilots will
have duplicate documents and only the cloud drive documents will update.
Unlink Drive
13.6 Drives
The Drives section contains the default drives, subscription-based drives, and
potentially the Missing Drive. Drives are sorted alphabetically and cannot be edited.
Document Drives
• FAA requires a ForeFlight United States subscription. This drive provides chart
supplements, federal aviation regulations, FAA handbooks, legends, and more.
• ForeFlight is included with all subscriptions. This drive contains user guides for
all ForeFlight products.
Missing Drive documents are not synced and remain on the device until they are either
deleted by the pilot, or the pilot signs out of their ForeFlight account. When the Missing
Drive is empty, it is removed from the Drives section.
Download All
Downloaded
Document
Document
Download
Document Thumbnails
Document Subscriptions
Downloading a document subscribes the device to the document. In other words, when
subscribed, updates to the document are automatically downloaded.
NOTE: Downloading the contents of a folder or drive without using the folder or drive
Download button does not subscribe the device to the folder or drive.
• Remove from only this device removes the document from the device. The
document will no longer be available while offline. The document is able to be
redownloaded with an active internet connection. If the Imported drive was
subscribed to, removing the device will disable the Imported drive subscription.
• Delete everywhere permanently removes the document from all devices and
cannot be undone. If this option is selected, the imported document cannot be
redownloaded.
If a document is removed from its original drive and is also included in a Binder, it
will be removed from both the device and the binder.
Flip through document pages by swiping across the screen. Tap the document to reveal
and hide the Document Toolbar.
Jump to a page by using the supported search options or by tapping a page thumbnail
near the bottom of the screen. Return to the previous page after using search by
tapping the return-to-page option.
Zoom the page by double-tapping with a single finger. Double-tap again to return to the
original size. Alternatively, use standard iOS gestures to zoom.
Toolbar
Return to page
Page Thumbnails
• Close button closes the viewer and returns the user to the Documents view.
• Settings contains the following options:
- Brightness Slider adjusts the iPad or iPhone’s screen brightness.
- Invert Document Colors inverts all colors within all documents.
• Page View toggles between a single and multi-page viewer.
• Annotation reveals the toolbar for annotating the document.
• Add to Binder adds the current document to the selected Binders.
• For Search, see Searching Documents.
• For Bookmark see Document Bookmarks.
• For Send To see Sharing Documents.
• Lock disables certain touch gestures. When enabled, zooming and scrolling are
disabled. When the Lock Disables Buttons settings is enabled, the lock button
also disables the toolbar buttons.
• Search highlights results for document text that matches the search term.
• Contents displays the document’s table of contents. The search bar at the top of
the window allows users to search the document’s table of contents.
• Bookmarks displays all user-created document bookmarks.
To add a bookmark, navigate to the appropriate page and tap the Bookmark button in
the upper toolbar. Enter a name for the bookmark and tap Add Bookmark. Bookmarks
can be searched with the search bar in the upper toolbar.
Deleting Bookmarks
Bookmarks can be deleted in two ways:
• Tap Search in the upper toolbar and select Bookmarks. Swipe right to left
across the bookmark.
• Navigate to a bookmarked page and tap the Bookmark button to remove the
bookmark.
14.1 Design
The Imagery view can display in one of two modes: Navigation (with a sidebar and a
thumbnail image pane) or Full-Screen Image. Each mode is summarized below and
described later in this chapter:
• Navigation mode is for choosing a global region and sorting through its list of
image sets, managing favorite and recent images, and refreshing image data.
• Full-Screen Image mode displays when a thumbnail is tapped. Images respond
to swiping and other standard touch-screen gestures, allow printing and sharing,
and can be marked as favorites.
14.2 Navigation
The Navigation view sidebar lists the following geographic regions: USA; Canada;
Europe; Caribbean, Mexico, Central America; South America; Americas; Atlantic
(ocean); Pacific (ocean), and Australia.
Each region is divided into categories (e.g., CONUS Weather) containing one or more
image sets (e.g., Prog Charts). When an image set is selected, thumbnails of each
image are displayed in sequential order, such as chronologically by the forecast period.
NOTE: Full-Screen Images might not display without an internet connection. When
an image thumbnail is tapped, the most current weather data from the internet or
from the temporary device cache is retrieved. If unavailable, an error message is
returned. This applies to images in all regions, and in the Favorites/Recents list.
• Tap the Favorites tab to see a list of thumbnails for images that were marked as
Favorites.
• Tap the Recents tab to see a list of thumbnails for images that were recently
opened as Full-Screen Images (starting with the most-recently viewed image).
NOTE: Both the Favorites and Recents lists are synced between devices on an
account. Adding, deleting, reordering, or clearing out images on one device is
reflected on other devices.
Adding Favorites
Images can be added as Favorites when viewing a Full-Screen Image.
To add a Favorite, display that image in full-screen mode and tap the star-shaped
button at the top right corner of the screen. When an image is set as a favorite, the
star-shaped button is yellow. To remove the image from the favorites list, tap the
(yellow) star button again.
Favorite Non-Favorite
NOTE: Favorite images may not display without an internet connection. To save an
image file to the device for offline viewing, use the iOS sharing feature.
Reordering Favorites
Favorite images are listed by default according to when they were added (with the
newest addition at the bottom). To change this order, tap the Edit button at the top
right corner, then tap and hold the (☰) icon next to an image to drag it to a different
position in its list. Tap Done when finished.
Reordering Favorites
Deleting Favorites
To delete an image from the Favorites list, swipe left on the image in the list and tap
Delete. Alternatively, tap the Edit button, tap the (-) icon followed by Delete for one or
more images being deleted, and tap Done when finished.
Removing Favorites
• The Close button exits the Full-Screen Image and returns to the Navigation
view.
• The Position Number above each image indicates its position in the currently
selected image set.
• The Favorites button on the top right can be tapped to add an image to the
Favorites list or to remove it if it is already a favorite.
• The Current Time in UTC is displayed on the lower left.
• The Left/Right arrows beneath the image can be used to switch to the previous
or next image in the set. (This can also be done with finger swiping.)
• The Send To button on the lower right can be tapped to copy, print, or share the
image using iOS device options.
• Panning and Zooming: When an image is zoomed in, drag one finger across
the screen to pan in all directions across the image. To zoom in on an image,
touch the screen with two fingers and draw them apart. Use the opposite gesture
to zoom out.
• Swiping to Previous/Next Image: Swipe with one finger left or right to display
the previous or next image in the image set.
Favorite Non-Favorite
NOTE: Favorite images may not display without an internet connection. To save an
image file to the device for offline viewing, use the iOS sharing feature.
IMPORTANT: Do not rely on images shared outside ForeFlight (by copying, printing,
emailing, or saving offline) for flight planning. iOS sharing creates a static snapshot
that cannot be updated with current weather data.
Flights are synced to your account and can be created and edited with an iPad,
iPhone, or ForeFlight Web. Some features available on the Flights view may require a
Performance Plus subscription.
Summary
Selected Notifications
Flight
Aircraft Section
Flights
List
Route Section
Route
Advisor
Proceed
to File
Flights View
15.1 Design
The Flights view is divided into two columns. The left column displays the Flights List
which provides a summary of all flights associated with the account. The flight
summary highlighted in blue is the selected flight and its details are presented in the
right column. Tap a flight in the list to select it.
The right column contains the flight planning form. The form is organized with a top-
to-bottom workflow from inputting airports, calculating Takeoff & Landing
Performance, performing a Runway Analysis, selecting an aircraft, defining a route,
entering payload and fuel details, and filing a flight plan.
The top of the view summarizes the flight and provides buttons for generating a
Navlog, obtaining a Briefing, attaching files, and viewing flight notifications.
Only ForeFlight customers with a Performance tier plan can access the Files, Takeoff &
Landing Performance, Payload, Fuel, Weights, and Fuel Order features.
When a new flight is created, it is added to the flight list and synced to your account,
even if no planning details have been entered. A flight planned on one device is
available on all other devices signed into the same account (internet connection
required).
NOTE: Some methods result in portions of the flight planning form being
automatically completed.
Shared
Flight
Tag
For flights shared from Dispatch, refer to the ForeFlight Dispatch Guide at
foreflight.com/dispatch-guide.
The recipient of a shared flight cannot make changes to the shared flight or share that
flight with someone else. However, the recipient can copy the flight. The copied flight
preserves all of the shared flight’s details except for the original aircraft and
performance profile, which will instead use the recipient’s default aircraft and
performance profile.
The recipient of a shared flight can delete a shared flight by swiping from right to left
on the flight in the Flights list or by tapping Delete Flight at the bottom of the flight
planning form. Once deleted by the recipient, the shared flight cannot be restored.
However, the flight can be shared by the owner to the recipient again.
If the pilot who shared a flight tries to delete it, a warning advises that deleting the
shared flight will also delete it from all recipients of that shared flight.
Deleted flights cannot be restored. There isn’t a requirement to delete a flight, however
some users may elect to delete flights to reduce the amount of flights in the Flights list.
CAUTION: Do not delete a VFR flight plan that has been activated without first
closing it. Deleting a Filed or Activated flight plan does not cancel or close the flight
plan.
For example, a flight that is not shared does not include a shared flight tag. Similarly, a
flight that has not been filed does not include filing status. For more information on
filing status, refer to the ForeFlight Filing Guide available in Documents > ForeFlight.
Destination
Departure Flight
Aircraft ETD
Rules
Cruise
Altitude
Filing Route
Status
Shared
Flight
The following sections describe each component of the flight planning form, starting
from the top down.
Banner Messages
Warning Messages
Warning messages are displayed when weight or capacity limits are exceeded.
Caution Messages
Caution messages are displayed for problems that prevent ForeFlight from calculating
flight planning results, e.g., selecting a cruise altitude that’s too high.
Informative Messages
Informative message are displayed to aid the pilot. For example, when an active
navlog is in progress, a banner is displayed.
CAUTION: Errors and cautions do not prevent flight plans from being filed.
The Flight Performance Summary is calculated by evaluating the route between the
departure and destination airports using the selected aircraft’s performance profile and
forecast wind. Flight time and fuel required to the alternate airport is not included in the
summary.
Flight Fuel
The Flight Fuel Summary includes the fuel required to start, taxi, take off, and fly to the
destination. Start, taxi, and takeoff fuel is specified in the aircraft profile and can be
manually edited on the Flights page with a Performance Plus account. Flight Fuel does
not include fuel required for an alternate, or any reserve, extra, or contingency fuel.
Wind
The wind component in the flight summary is an average of the wind across the
duration of the flight.
To manually update the performance results with the latest forecast conditions, tap the
Refresh button near the bottom right corner. The time the calculations were completed
is displayed at the bottom of the summary.
15.7.1 Navlog
The Navlog button opens a full-screen detailed Navlog view. Internet connectivity is
required to generate a Navlog.
The exact type of Navlog generated depends on ForeFlight account type and user
preference. However, all Navlogs include a summary, flight planning results by leg,
winds aloft, and departure/destination airport information.
The Navlog can be shared and printed by tapping the share button in the upper-right
corner of the Navlog view. Navlogs are also available on ForeFlight Web. Navlogs
generated on the web will automatically become available on ForeFlight Mobile and
vice versa. See the Navlog chapter for additional information.
15.7.2 Briefing
Briefings can only be obtained from the Flights page. There are two briefing formats,
HTML and PDF. The classic text briefing is no longer supported. See the Briefings
chapter for additional information.
Tap to add
Files
Flights View
Files can also be imported with AirDrop. To import via AirDrop, select ForeFlight >
Flights from the AirDrop “Open with…” menu. Once a file has been added, the Files
button depicts the number of files currently attached to the flight.
Editing Files
To edit a file, tap the file thumbnail to open the file viewer. Tap Edit to annotate,
rename, or delete the file. Not all file types are able to be annotated.
Annotat
File Viewer
Tap to view
Flight Flight
Notification Notifications
Count
Notification
Badge
Flight notifications are obtained from multiple sources, including Lockheed Martin’s
Adverse Conditions Alerting Service (ACAS). Flight notifications do not include flight
plan messages (e.g., expected routes, expected departure clearance times). The flight
notification count decreases as notifications are viewed. When viewing notifications,
tap the checkmark in the upper toolbar to mark all notifications as read.
The date field uses the format (e.g., month/day/year) based on the iPad or iPhone’s
region setting. Region settings can be located in the iPad or iPhone Settings app >
General > Language & Region.
ETD/ETA
The ETD/ETA buttons are a Performance-tier features that determine whether the
selected date/time represents the beginning or end of the flight. Select ETD to set the
date/time as the departure time, and ForeFlight will calculate the flight’s arrival time.
Select ETA to set the date/time as the arrival time, and ForeFlight will calculate the
departure time required to arrive at the selected time.
NOTE: While the Departure field can include the name of an airport without an
identifier (if the flight was sent from the Maps view), airports without identifiers
cannot be manually entered in this field.
Takeoff Performance
Pre-Departure Clearance Available Runway Analysis
Airport Information
PDC
When planning to depart from an airport that supports pre-departure clearances
(PDC), a PDC tag is displayed to the right of the Departure label. PDC is a
Performance-tier feature and is not displayed on Basic Plus or Pro Plus accounts.
Airport Info
Once an airport is selected, an Info button appears to the left of the airport identifier.
Click Info to display the airport pop-up menu to find detailed information about the
airport.
NOTE: While the Destination field can include the name of an airport without an
identifier (if the flight was sent from the Maps view), airports without identifiers
cannot be manually entered in this field.
Airport Information
Airport Info
Once a destination airport is selected, an Info button appears to the left of the airport
identifier. Click Info to display the airport pop-up menu to find detailed information
about the airport.
Alternate Advisor
The Alternate Advisor suggests alternate airports based on several variables such as
time and fuel requirements, forecast weather conditions, available approach
procedures, and whether you have previously selected that airport as an alternate on
flights with the same destination. To enter an alternate airport not in the suggested list,
tap Airport Code and type your desired alternate airport. Airports without identifiers
cannot be entered as an alternate.
The Alternate Advisor map shows each alternate with a grey line between it and the
destination airport. Tap an alternate airport to highlight the route from your destination
to the alternate. Tap the Add Airport button at the bottom of the Alternate Advisor to
select it as the alternate.
Alternate Advisor
15.9 Aircraft
The Aircraft section specifies the aircraft and performance profile for the flight.
To select an aircraft profile, tap the aircraft field and choose an aircraft from the list.
Aircraft profiles can be edited from the Flights page by tapping Edit when viewing the
list of aircraft profiles. For more information on aircraft profiles, see the Aircraft
chapter.
Performance profiles can be edited from the Flights page by tapping Details when
viewing the list of performance profiles. For more information on performance profiles,
see the Performance section of the Aircraft chapter.
15.10 Route
The Route section displays flight rules, an interactive map, the elements of your route,
and your cruise altitude.
Cruise altitudes that are divisible by 1000 result in the IFR flight rule automatically
being selected. Planning with a VFR altitude (altitude which is divisible by 500) results
in the VFR flight rule automatically being selected.
Once a flight rule has been assigned, it will only update automatically if selecting a
new route from the Route Advisor. Manually editing the route or changing the cruise
altitude does not update the flight rule.
Flight rules can be manually changed at any time regardless of the planned route or
cruise altitude. To change the flight rule, tap the current one and select a new one from
the pop-up menu.
NOTE: DVFR and VFR (DC SFRA) flight rule types are not automatically selected.
The map’s color is determined by the Aeronautical Map Theme setting (Classic, Light,
or Dark).
The map displays the route, aeronautical map, and composite radar layer. The
aeronautical map elements cannot be filtered and additional map layers cannot be
added.
3D Preview
The planned route can be previewed in 3D with a Performance tiered account. To
preview the route, tap the 3D button on the map before expanding it.
Manual Editing
To manually edit a route, tap the Route field and use the keyboard to customize the
route. Route elements are separated by a space.
Route Section
Certain route legs will be labeled with non-standard conventions as described below.
Lat/Long Coordinates
Airports without ICAO, IATA, FAA, or other short-code identifiers will be labeled on the
route as decimal degrees (DD.ddº) coordinates. For example, a leg leading to
Garbenheimer Wiesen is listed as “50.575/8.532”.
ForeFlight Identifiers
VFR waypoints without ICAO-standard identifiers will use the ForeFlight Identifier (FF
Identifier). The FF Identifier is an ICAO formatted code, generated by ForeFlight, that
consists of portions of the waypoint name and its associated airport.
For example, the VFR waypoint “November 2” that is associated with Cologne-Bonne
(EDDK) airport would be labeled on the route as “DKNOV2”. This convention is also
followed in the Navlog, Briefing, and Logbook. However, when filing, ForeFlight
automatically converts these waypoints to coordinates in the Degree Minute format.
15.11 Payload
Payload is a Performance-tier feature that is used for planning weight and balance.
This section permits two planning methods. The first method allows you to calculate
weight and balance quickly using average weights. The second method integrates the
aircraft’s weight and balance profile for more detailed planning.
When a new flight is created, the payload section only contains three editable fields
(cargo, people count, and average weight). These fields provide basic weight planning
functionality. Detailed weight and balance planning can be done from the Flights view
by tapping Weight and Balance at the bottom of the Payload section. The weight and
balance button opens the weight and balance view and integrates the information into
the flight.
15.11.1 People
When a new flight is created, the People field initially contains two editable values
(count and average weight). The default value for the number of people is either 1 or 2,
based on the minimum crew requirement for your aircraft.
The starting default value for the average weight is 200 pounds. The average weight is
editable. If the average weight is adjusted, the adjusted amount is carried forward to
subsequent flights. Total people weight is calculated by multiplying the people count by
the average weight.
After returning to the Flights view, the weight and balance is integrated into the flight
(e.g., fuel entered in Weight & Balance is copied to the Fuel section of Flights). For
more information, refer to the ForeFlight Weight & Balance guide in Documents >
ForeFlight.
15.12 Fuel
The Fuel section is only available with a Performance-tier account and contains a Fuel
Policy selector and a Fuel Table. The Fuel Policy determines how much fuel is
required for the flight at start.
The Fuel Table is dynamic and adjusts based on the aircraft type, ForeFlight
subscription, and fuel policy.
Fuel Policy
Selector
Fuel At
Start
Flight Fuel
Reserve
Landing Fuel
Policy
NOTE: When selecting a fuel policy, ForeFlight does not check to ensure the aircraft
will remain within forward and aft CG limits.
2 3 1
Tap to collapse 4
Tap to collapse 6
10
11
12
13
Requires Dispatch 14
15
NOTE: Holding fuel is calculated at the aircraft’s standard holding speed, 1,500 feet
above destination airport elevation, in standard atmospheric conditions.
NOTE: Contingency fuel is calculated at the aircraft’s standard holding speed, 1,500
feet above destination airport elevation, in standard atmospheric conditions.
12. Reserve Fuel is assigned in the aircraft profile and can be edited on a per-
flight basis. Business Performance accounts with European, Australian, or
Dispatch licenses also have access to a Reserve Fuel Policy selector for
specifying an amount of reserve fuel based on regulatory requirements.
13. Extra Fuel is a user-defined amount of fuel in excess of what is minimally
required. Extra fuel is automatically calculated when a Fuel Policy is selected
that required more than the minimum amount of fuel.
14. Additional Fuel (ETP) is only displayed when planning with a Dispatch account.
Additional ETP (Equal Time Point) fuel is automatically added to ensure the
aircraft can reach each alternate ETP airport with the necessary fuel at landing.
If the aircraft does not require additional fuel to reach the alternate ETP airports
with the necessary minimums, additional ETP fuel is zero.
15. Ballast Fuel is unusable, extra fuel that is added to the aircraft's zero fuel
weight to move the aircraft’s center of gravity within limits. This feature requires
a performance-tier account and can only be displayed when planning with one of
the following aircraft:
When Integrated Weight & Balance is complete, Ballast Fuel is included at the bottom
of the Flight’s Fuel section, the Navlog, and the Weight and Balance Summary
Document.
Manual
Manual (Minutes)
FAA Part 91/135
FAA Part 121
FAA Part 121 International
EASA Part NCC
EASA Commercial
CASA RPT
CASA Non-RPT
NOTE: Reserve Policy availability is based on the subscription’s region, not the
region of the planned flight. Dispatch customers have access to all Reserve Policies.
NOTE: The holding pattern fuel consumption rate is determined using standard
holding speed, 1,500’ above the destination airport in standard conditions.
NOTE: CASA RPT contingency fuel is either a percentage of flight time (as indicated
above) or 5 minutes (whichever is higher).
NOTE: CASA RPT and Non-RPT reserve fuel is calculated using the holding pattern
fuel consumption rate at the aircraft’s standard holding speed, 1,500’ above the
destination airport in standard conditions. Contingency fuel is calculated using the
aircraft’s fuel consumption rate at the flight’s top of descent waypoint, 1,500’ above
the destination airport in standard conditions.
15.13 Weights
The weights section provides a detailed breakdown of weights during four phases of
flight.
• Zero Fuel Weight equals the aircraft’s basic empty weight plus its payload.
• Ramp Weight equals the zero fuel weight plus total fuel at start.
• Takeoff Weight equals ramp weight minus taxi/takeoff fuel.
• Landing Weight equals takeoff weight minus the fuel to destination.
Each phase of flight includes three weights: the planned weight, maximum weight, and
the available weight for the phase of flight. Planned and maximum weights are
displayed on the right side of the table (e.g., 4,481 / 5,500). Available weight is
displayed on the left side of the table and calculated by subtracting the maximum
weight by the planned weight.
If a weight limit is exceeded, the text is changed to red and an error message is
displayed at the top of the flight planning form.
Collapse the zero fuel, ramp, or takeoff weight section by tapping the arrow on the left
side of the table.
Planned
Tap to collapse
weight
Maximum
Available weight
weight
Destination Services
To select an FBO:
Selecting an FBO adds its details to the Flights form and Navlog. When you select an
FBO, ForeFlight will automatically select the same FBO for subsequent flights to the
same airport.
Driving
Call Email Information
Directions
ForeFlight automatically populates the Quantity field with the amount of fuel that needs
to be added after the flight to reach max capacity, based on the Fuel at Landing value
in the Fuel section of the Flights Planning form.
Tap on the numbers for LBS or GAL to change this value as desired. Changing one
number automatically updates the other. Alternatively, enter zero in the GAL field for
“captain’s discretion”, and you can decide on the fuel quantity after you've landed at
your destination.
The Price field indicates the price per gallon of fuel, using either the retail price or your
contract fuel price if you selected a fuel card. Below that, you can set your FBO Arrival
and Departure times and select whether you want to load the fuel on Arrival or
The email may not reach the FBO and instead trigger the Not Delivered message in
some circumstances, such as if the email is automatically placed in the FBO’s spam
folder.
Flight Log
15.15.2 Times
The Times section allows pilots to record flight meter time (e.g., hobbs and tach
meters), flight time, and block time. If the start and end times required to calculate a
value have not been entered, the time field will display “Logged”.
Remember to share your flight with Logbook if you want to log the flight time. The
Flights view and Logbook do not automatically sync. Adding flight time after a flight has
been shared to the Logbook or editing flight time in the Logbook does not update the
time in both Flights and Logbook. Flight time is only copied to Logbook when the flight
time is entered and then the flight is shared.
Block Time
Block time is the difference between Time Out and Time In and is automatically
calculated. Remember to share your flight with Logbook if you want to log the block
time. The Flights view and Logbook do not automatically sync. Manually updating one
does not automatically update the other. Adding block time after a flight has been
shared to logbook or editing block time in the logbook does not update the time in both
Flights and Logbook. Block time is only copied to Logbook when the time is entered
and then the flight is shared.
For instance, if a flight is planned from 0800 to 0900, any Marked Positions created
during that period will be associated with the flight. This allows you to have Marked
Positions automatically linked to the appropriate flight as you plan and fly.
The number of Marked Positions associated with a flight is displayed on the right and
can be tapped to view or edit each Marked Position.
15.16 Pack
Pack provides a method for downloading all charts, weather, NOTAMs, and fuel-price
data needed for the planned route. Pack can be accomplished from the Maps or Flights
pages. For more information, see the Pack section.
Copying a flight is the preferred method for planning a flight with the same route and
aircraft instead of editing an old flight. Editing a flight that has been previously
published or filed can cause unintended consequences.
Note: When planning the same flight multiple times, use the Copy flight function.
Customers with Basic Plus, Pro Plus, Business Pro, or MFB Pro plans must first
upgrade to a Performance tier plan before adding Runway Analysis.
To verify support, select More > Aircraft and choose an aircraft profile. Tap the aircraft
type field and look for the Supports Runway Analysis label. If the label is missing,
either the variant is not yet supported or a Runway Analysis license has not been
purchased for the aircraft type.
Runway Analysis is licensed to Business and Military Flight Bag (MFB) customers on a
per aircraft profile basis. As a result, the Supports Runway Analysis label is not
displayed when using one of these accounts.
Runway Profile
The Runway Profile field specifies the serial number, weight limit, or special equipment
for which the Runway Analysis data is applicable. If more than one profile exists for the
aircraft type, tap the Runway Profile setting and choose the correct version for your
aircraft.
The default settings can be adjusted from the aircraft profile. Edits to the aircraft
profile’s default configuration affect subsequent flights. Takeoff and landing
configuration can also be adjusted on a per-flight basis using the Aircraft Configuration
section of the Takeoff or Landing Analysis view.
Field Performance settings are broken into two sections (Takeoff and Landing).
Settings can be edited by tapping a field and selecting another option from the menu.
The settings (and menus) only contain options that are specified in the aircraft flight
manual (e.g., Takeoff Flaps may only have options for 10º and 20º). It is impossible to
set a value if it is not included in the menu. The flight manual revision used to populate
field performance settings is listed at the bottom of the menu (e.g., AFM Revision
Level: Rev 11).
• The Obstacle Corridor setting specifies the flight path's obstacle accountability
corridor to either the FAA specification from AC 120-91A or the slightly wider
corridor defined by ICAO requirements. This setting cannot be adjusted per-
flight.
• The Lineup Allowance setting specifies the default loss of available runway due
to lining the aircraft on centerline and is zero by default.
• The Landing Factor setting specifies an amount (e.g. 1.25) by which the
Calculated Landing Distance is multiplied to produce a Factored Distance. The
Landing Factor is similar to a safety buffer that is generally used to account for
wet or dry runway conditions. This setting can also be adjusted on a per-flight
basis.
To conduct an analysis, enter the flight’s route, payload, and fuel details into the
Flights view. After entering details, tap the Takeoff button to open the Takeoff Analysis
view. Results are calculated when a runway is selected.
The Takeoff or Landing button may be hidden under the following conditions:
Each field in blue text can be edited from this view to plan
hypothetical conditions or circumstances that are unique to
the flight.
Takeoff Analysis does not provide all engine operating (AEO) results for multi-engine
aircraft.
For example, when planning operations from a short runway, the MTOW is reduced so
that the distance required to accelerate and stop is less than the runway’s accelerate
and stop distance available (ASDA). In this example, available runway distance is the
constraint that limits the aircraft from departing at its maximum structural weight. If a
longer runway were selected, the MTOW would increase if there were no other limiting
constraints.
Planned
Takeoff
Weight
Maximum Limiting
Takeoff Weight Constraint
Limiting Constraints
Variables that have the potential to limit the maximum takeoff weight or render the
takeoff impossible are listed below. When a constraint limits the maximum takeoff
weight (MTOW), the text in bold is displayed at the bottom of the performance
summary, followed by the word “Limited” (e.g., Runway Limited).
• Structural Weight is the maximum weight for the aircraft type defined by the
aircraft flight manual. If an aircraft is not limited by performance or environmental
constraints, MTOW is determined by the aircraft’s structural weight limit.
• Obstacles along the flight path can limit MTOW or deem a takeoff impossible.
An aircraft must be able to clear all obstacles along the flight path by the
selected FAA or ICAO lateral and vertical distance. If an aircraft cannot clear all
obstacles, MTOW is reduced until takeoff is deemed possible.
• Runway length can reduce MTOW and deem a takeoff impossible. The aircraft
must be able to takeoff or abort, given the available runway distance. If takeoff
or abort distances exceed available runway, MTOW is reduced until takeoff is
deemed possible.
• Climb gradient can reduce MTOW or deem a takeoff impossible. The aircraft
must achieve the minimum climb gradient as required per the aircraft’s
certification rules. The climb constraint does not factor in obstacles.
• Temperature can not exceed the aircraft flight manual’s published temperature
limits.
• Wind cannot exceed the aircraft flight manual’s published wind limits.
NOTE: If you selected the Maximum Fuel Policy on the Flights view and the Takeoff
Analysis shows a warning, tapping back will prompt ForeFlight to automatically
reduce the planned Start Fuel to the lower limit calculated by Takeoff Analysis. If you
selected a Fuel Policy other than Maximum, you must manually reduce the fuel
quantity or payload to the constrained value to remove the warning.
Takeoff Analysis for single-engine aircraft calculates the total distance required for
takeoff given the selected runway, aircraft performance, and environmental conditions.
The Performance Summary is populated once a runway is selected. Results are initially
based on the aircraft’s default takeoff configuration and the current or forecast weather.
Results are updated each time a new departure runway is selected or a configurable
field is edited. If a takeoff is deemed impossible, the Performance Summary is blank.
Information in the summary varies based on the aircraft type. The information found in
the summary is representative of the performance results that can be calculated using
the aircraft’s flight manual.
Complete performance results for can also be found in the Runway Analysis Summary
Document.
Individual runway TORA, TODA, and ASDA declared distances will be displayed when
available for the selected runway. If the available runway declared distances are all the
same, Usable Length will be displayed instead of TORA, TODA, or ASDA.
NOTE: When any of the runway lengths are edited, the edits are made to the start of
the runway. This may result in calculations that bring the aircraft closer to obstacles
along the departure path.
CAUTION: Runway distance reductions via NOTAM are not factored by Runway
Analysis.
When weather data is available via the internet, ADS-B, or SiriusXM, the wind
component for each runway is displayed. Headwind components are displayed in
green, tailwinds in red, and crosswind components in grey. The weather used to
determine the wind component is displayed below the list of available runways.
Runway Details
Wind Components
Closed Runway
Weather Source
When using an initial point other than full length for the departure, the aircraft will start
the takeoff roll closer to obstacles in the takeoff path. Therefore, selecting an
intersection departure or custom length will result in updates to the takeoff analysis
calculations, including TORA, TODA, ASDA, and Usable Length.
The Intersection field will be updated with the selection. Additionally, the TORA, TODA,
ASDA, and Usable Length fields (if available) will be updated based on the selection,
and their labels will be prefixed with “Remaining.”
• TORA - The portion of the runway suitable for the takeoff ground roll.
• Slope - The difference in elevation from the beginning of the runway to the end,
divided by the runway length, and multiple by one hundred.
When enabled, Takeoff Analysis evaluates the selected Engine Out Procedure and
Additional Departure Obstacles to ensure clearance can be maintained. If obstacle
clearance cannot be maintained, obstacles become the limiting constraint and the
maximum takeoff weight is reduced until the flight is deemed possible. Obstacle
Analysis includes banked climb performance degradation.
When Obstacle Analysis is disabled, the Engine Out Procedure field is removed and
obstacles are not evaluated for that phase of flight. Departure obstacles manually
added are still evaluated when Obstacle Analysis is disabled.
To select an EOP for the flight, tap the circle on the right side of its row. To see an
EOP’s procedural steps, tap its name. To open a dynamic 3D Preview of the EOP, tap
the 3D VIEW button.
When possible, ForeFlight EOPs are overlayed onto existing Standard Instrument
Departure (SID) procedures. All ForeFlight EOPs are designed in accordance with FAA
Advisory Circular 120-91A.
The Additional Departure Obstacle field is used to manually add obstacles along the
runway extended centerline. This feature is useful for adding obstacles that are issued
via NOTAM and are not yet in the obstacle database.
Adding Obstacles
To add an obstacle, follow the steps below.
Deleting Obstacles
To delete an obstacle, swipe from right to left and tap Delete. When complete, tap the
Back button near the top of the screen.
NOTE: It is not possible to add obstacles not aligned with the extended centerline.
Temperature
The Aerodrome Forecast (TAF) does not include temperature data. If the Weather
section indicates data is derived from a TAF, temperature data will be provided by the
MOS forecast. When the MOS forecast issues a range of temperatures, the maximum
temperature in the range is used.
When custom weather information has been entered, the performance results are
updated, and the edited values are used throughout Takeoff Analysis. For example, if
Wind Speed is manually edited, the wind components are updated to reflect the custom
weather when selecting a runway.
Wind Direction
Wind Direction is given relative to true north by default. To use magnetic winds, tap the
Use ºM button. Using magnetic winds changes the weather source to custom.
Altimeter
Altimeter information can be displayed in inches of mercury (inHg) or hectopascal
(hPa). To convert from one unit to the other, tap the button in the altimeter field.
Weather Reset
To revert the weather back to the current METAR or forecast weather after making
edits, tap the Reset button in the top right corner of the Weather section.
Configuration Unavailable
Some larger aircraft provide performance results for multiple V1 speeds. When
planning with one of these types of aircraft, there are options for selecting a V1 speed
(V1 Min, V1 BFL, or V1 Max).
• V1 Min is the minimum V1 speed published for the flight conditions and results in
a shorter accelerate stop distance but a higher accelerate-go distance.
• V1 Max is the maximum V1 speed published for the flight conditions and results
in a shorter accelerate go distance, but a higher accelerate stop distance.
Some aircraft are certified with two level-off and accelerate segments. The first
segment is typically between 400 ft and 1,500 ft AGL and the second is 1,500 ft or
higher. Once the aircraft is 1,500 ft or higher and reaches the en-route speed, Takeoff
Analysis is complete.
If the aircraft is certified with two level-off and accelerate segments, the performance
results are included in the Takeoff Analysis.
Takeoff Trim results are displayed near the top of the Takeoff Analysis Performance
section and in the Runway Analysis Summary Document.
• V 1 is the speed by which the pilot must initiate an action to abort the takeoff in
the event of an engine failure.
• V R is the speed at which the pilot initiates rotation by pulling back on the yoke or
stick to transition to flight.
• V 2 is the speed that must be attained when the aircraft is 35 ft above the runway
surface with one engine inoperative. V2 is also the target climb speed after
engine failure to maintain through initial level-off.
• 50’ Speed is the climb speed reached at the end of the total takeoff distance
while 50 ft AGL (gear down and takeoff flaps).
• V SE is the clean configuration climb speed after all obstacles have been cleared.
• V FTO is the takeoff final climb segment speed.
• V ENR is the en route climb speed, or the target speed after all obstacle segments
have been completed and the aircraft is clear of all obstacles. Once the aircraft
reaches this speed, the Takeoff Analysis portion of the flight is complete.
Distance-Related Results
The following aircraft distance-related results may be found in the Performance section.
• Ground Roll - Takeoff roll (ground roll) is the portion of the takeoff procedure
during which the airplane is accelerated from a standstill to an airspeed that
provides sufficient lift to become airborne.
• BFL is the balanced field length. This distance is determined by finding the V1
speed that results in an equal distance for accelerate-go and accelerate-stop.
• Total Dist is the distance required to complete a takeoff to 35 ft above the
runway surface.
• TOFL is the takeoff field length, or the length required to complete a takeoff to
35 ft above the runway surface.
To conduct a Landing Analysis, enter the flight’s route, payload, and fuel details into
the Flights view then tap the Landing button next to the destination or alternate airport
and select a runway.
To conduct a Landing Analysis for the departure airport, select the Emergency Return
option from the Takeoff Analysis view. Landing Analysis results are calculated once a
runway is selected.
The Takeoff or Landing buttons may be hidden under the following conditions:
Performance results are displayed once a destination runway is selected. Results are
initially based on the aircraft’s default landing configuration and the current or forecast
weather. Results are updated each time a new destination runway is selected, or a
configurable field is edited.
Information in the summary varies based on the aircraft type. The information found in
the summary is representative of the performance results that can be derived from the
aircraft’s flight manual.
For example, when planning operations to a short runway, the maximum landing weight
is reduced so that the distance required to land and stop is less than the runway’s
landing distance available (LDA).
Planned
Landing
Weight
Maximum Limiting
Landing Weight Constraint
• Structural Weight is the maximum structural landing weight for the aircraft type
as defined by the aircraft flight manual. If an aircraft is not limited by
performance or environmental constraints, MLW is determined by the aircraft’s
structural weight limit.
• Runway length and weight capacity can reduce the MLW or deem a landing
impossible.
• Temperature can not exceed the aircraft flight manual’s published temperature
limits.
• Wind components cannot exceed the aircraft flight manual’s published wind
limits.
• Brake Energy required to stop the aircraft cannot exceed the published limits.
This constraint is most common on downslope runways or landings with a
tailwind.
• Tire Speed cannot exceed the aircraft flight manual’s published tire speed limits.
• AFM Data limits exist when data interpolation is not possible. When an AFM
Data limit is applicable, Runway Analysis uses the next available lower value.
For example, suppose the planned landing weight is 18,500 lbs, yet performance
data only exists for 20,000 lbs and 15,000 lbs. In this case, Landing Analysis will
limit MLW to 15,000 lbs and the performance summary will indicate AFM Data
Limited.
• Missed Approach Climb limits the aircraft’s maximum landing weight to ensure
it can safely climb over obstacles or terrain during a missed approach. This
constraint is only included if the user has filled in the Missed Approach section of
the Landing Analysis.
The fields available in the Destination Runway section vary by aircraft type. A field is
only included in the Destination Runway section if it is documented as a variable that
affects landing performance in the aircraft’s flight manual (e.g., Surface Condition).
NOTE: Runway distance reductions via NOTAM are not factored by Runway Analysis.
When weather data is available, the wind components for each runway are displayed.
Headwind components are displayed in green, tailwinds in red, and crosswind
components in grey. The weather used to determine the wind component is displayed
below the list of available runways.
Runway Details
Wind Components
Closed Runway
Weather Source
• LDA - Runway Landing Distance Available. It does not include unusable runway
distance as specified by NOTAM.
• Stopway - The paved area beyond the portion of the runway suitable for the
takeoff ground roll that can be used for stopping during a rejected takeoff.
• Clearway - The unpaved area clear of obstacles beyond the takeoff runway that
can be used for a portion of the air distance with unbalance field length takeoffs.
• Slope - The difference in elevation from the beginning of the runway to the end,
divided by the runway length and multiple by one hundred.
• Surface Condition - The physical condition of the runway according to the
options published in the aircraft’s flight manual. Dry/Not Contaminated is the
default value.
• Landing Factor - The value by which the calculated landing distance is
multiplied to produce the Factored Distance.
• Factored Distance - A longer landing distance achieved by multiplying the
actual distance (also called unfactored distance) with a multiplier larger than 1.0,
called the factor. This is done to provide a safety buffer distance to avoid landing
overruns. The landing factor is never less than 1.0.
To include missed approach requirements in the landing analysis, follow these steps:
1. On the Landing Analysis view, toggle the Missed Approach switch on to reveal
the Minimum Climb Gradient and Minimum Altitude MSL fields.
2. Enter the Minimum Climb Gradient as specified on the approach plate in ft per
nm. The Use % button can be tapped to toggle this field between units of ft/nm
and gradient.
3. Enter the Minimum Altitude MSL as specified on the approach plate.
NOTE: The above information is not automatically populated by ForeFlight, and must
be manually entered by the pilot.
Temperature
The Aerodrome Forecast (TAF) does not include temperature data. If the Weather
section indicates data is derived from a TAF, temperature data will be provided by the
MOS forecast. When the MOS forecast issues a range of temperatures, the maximum
temperature in the range is used.
NOTE: ForeFlight Dispatch does not use MOS forecast temperature data. Flights
planned with ForeFlight Dispatch use temperature from the METAR when the flight’s
estimated time of departure is within 3 hours. If the ETD is greater than 3 hours when
planning with Dispatch, the temperature field needs to be manually entered.
When custom weather information has been entered, the performance results are
updated, and the edited values are used throughout Landing Analysis. For example, if
Wind Speed is manually edited, the wind components are updated to reflect the custom
weather when selecting a runway.
Wind Direction
Wind Direction is given relative to true north by default. To use magnetic winds, tap the
Use ºM button. Using magnetic winds changes the weather source to custom.
Altimeter
Altimeter information can be displayed in inches of mercury (inHg) or hectopascal
(hPa). To convert from one unit to the other, tap the button in the altimeter field.
Weather Reset
To revert the weather back to the current METAR or forecast weather after making
edits, tap the Reset button in the top right corner of the Weather section.
Speed-Related Definitions
The following results may be found in the Landing Analysis Performance section.
• V APP (Approach Speed) - A target indicated airspeed flown during the approach
phase of the landing, typically at approach flap setting and gear up.
• V REF (Reference Speed) - A target indicated airspeed slower than V APP flown at
landing flap settings and gear down to be achieved by 50 ft height when crossing
the landing threshold.
Distance-Related Definitions
• Ground Roll - The distance required to decelerate the aircraft to normal taxi
speed after touchdown.
• Actual Landing Distance - The demonstrated (during flight testing) total landing
distance achievable by the aircraft.
To generate the Summary Document, use Runway Analysis to select runways for the
departure, destination, and alternate airport. Tap Summary in the upper-right corner of
the Takeoff Analysis or Landing Analysis view. If an emergency return runway or
alternate airport runway is not selected, the summary document omits this information.
Generate Summary
Document
Climb Table
• Landing Summary for the alternate airport and emergency return (if selected).
The constraint that limits MTOW is displayed below the results for the scenario. If a
takeoff is deemed impossible for a runway, the text Takeoff Impossible replaces the
performance results.
NOTE: The Max Landing Weight Analysis does not consider data from the Missed
Approach analysis. Use the MLW on the Landing Analysis view if Missed Approach
data has been entered.
Share
Button
EOP 3D
View
Header
EOP Step
Selector
Route Curtain
Camera Mode
Play/Pause
and Speed 3D Preview
Controls Time Scale
EOPs 3D View
Alternately, tap the current Engine Out Procedure (“Straight Out” in the image below) to
select from other options or open their 3D View windows.
Select
Runway
Toggle
EOP On
Tap 3D
View
Selected
Step
Aircraft
Location
Play/Pause
Tap the Play/Pause button on the left side to start and stop the video animation.
Speed Selector
Tap the Speed Selector button (defaulted to 1x) to play the video at 1x, 3x, 5x, 10x, or
20x speed.
Current Position
A vertical blue line on the Time Scale indicates the current position of the aircraft in the
preview video.
EOP Steps
Icons along the Time Scale indicate when a step in the EOP begins. These icons
correspond with items in the EOP Step Selector list, but they cannot be tapped to
change aircraft position.
Time Scale
Slide one finger left or right along the Time Scale to scrub the video to a specific
moment. The Time Scale extends from the beginning to the end of the EOP, as
indicated by large vertical white lines.
Compared to calculating takeoff and landing distances by hand, Takeoff & Landing
Performance is a faster, integrated alternative. Takeoff & Landing Performance
calculations can also be completed using ForeFlight Web. This chapter discusses how
to configure your aircraft’s default Takeoff & Landing Performance settings, and how to
calculate results.
If the label is missing, either the aircraft type is not yet supported or a Performance tier
account is not being used.
Supported
Aircraft
Unsupported
Aircraft
To access the settings, select More > Aircraft, and choose an aircraft profile. Tap
Runway Profile or Field Performance in the aircraft’s Performance section to edit the
settings.
Runway Profile
The Runway Profile setting specifies the serial number, weight limit, or special
equipment for which the Takeoff & Landing Performance data is applicable. If more
than one profile exists for the aircraft type, tap the Runway Profile setting and choose
the correct version for your aircraft.
Field Performance settings are broken into two sections (takeoff and landing). Settings
can be edited by tapping the appropriate field and selecting another option from the
drop-down menu.
The settings and drop-down menus only contain options that are specified in the
aircraft’s flight manual (e.g., Takeoff Flaps may only have options for 10º and 20º). It is
impossible to set a value if it is not included in the flight manual.
After entering flight details, tap the Takeoff button to open the Takeoff Performance
view.
• The selected aircraft does not support Takeoff & Landing Performance.
• A non-performance tier account is being used to plan the flight.
• Runway data for the airport is unavailable.
• The airport specified does not have an ICAO, IATA, FAA, or other short-code
identifier. Only airports with identifiers are supported by Takeoff & Landing
Performance.
Blue text in this view can be edited for hypothetical planning purposes or to
accommodate circumstances that are unique to the flight. For example, if the runway’s
usable length is reduced due to construction, you can manually edit the length to
represent the available runway. Each section of the Takeoff Performance view is
described in detail throughout this chapter.
Performance Summary
Departure Runway
Weather
Aircraft Configuration
Emergency Return
Performance Results
Results are displayed at the top of the view when a runway is selected and are initially
based on the aircraft’s default takeoff configuration and the current weather. The
summary generally contains the planned takeoff weight, the total distance required to
achieve a height of 35’ above the runway surface, and target airspeeds for the takeoff.
The Performance Summary is updated each time a new departure runway is selected
or a configurable field is edited.
Compete results are available in the Performance section at the bottom of the Takeoff
Performance view.
Some aircraft do not provide performance data for common variables such as the
runway’s surface condition (rain, snow, etc). As a result, if your aircraft flight manual
does not include this data, the Departure Runway section will not include it either.
Declared Distances
Declared runway distances are displayed at the bottom of the Departure Runway
section.
• TORA - The portion of the runway suitable for the takeoff ground roll.
• TODA - Takeoff Distance Available (includes stopway and clearway).
• ASDA - Accelerate Stop Distance Available (includes stopway).
• Stopway - Paved area beyond TORA that can be used for stopping during a
rejected takeoff.
• Clearway - Unpaved area clear of obstacles beyond the runway that can be
used for a portion of the initial climb.
• LDA - Runway Landing Distance Available.
When weather data is available via the internet, ADS-B, or SiriusXM, the wind
components for each runway are displayed. Headwind components are displayed in
green, tailwinds in red, and crosswind components in grey. The weather used to
determine the wind component is displayed below the list of available runways.
Runway Details
Wind Components
Closed Runway
Weather Source
If the airport does not provide weather information, a nearby airport’s weather is used.
Each field in the weather section can be manually edited. The weather source and raw
text are displayed at the bottom of the weather section.
Temperature
The Terminal Aerodrome Forecast (TAF) does not provide temperature data. If Takeoff
& Landing Performance indicates that weather data is provided by a TAF, temperature
from the MOS forecast will be used. When the MOS forecast issues a range of
temperatures, the maximum temperature in the range is used.
When custom weather information has been entered, the performance results are
updated and the edited values are used throughout Takeoff Performance. For example,
if Wind Speed is manually edited, the wind components are updated to reflect the
custom weather when selecting a runway.
Wind Direction
Wind Direction is given relative to true north by default. To use magnetic winds, tap the
Use ºM button. Using magnetic winds changes the weather source to custom.
Altimeter
Altimeter information can be displayed in inches of mercury (inHg) or hectopascal
(hPa). To convert from one unit to the other, tap the button in the altimeter field.
Changing altimeter units does not result in custom weather.
Weather Reset
To revert the weather back to the current METAR or forecast weather after making
edits, tap the Reset button in the top right corner of the Weather section.
When a value other than 1.0 is entered in the Safety Distance Factor field, all distance
results are multiplied by the user-specified amount. For example, to add a 25% safety
margin to all results, enter a Safety Distance Factor of 1.25. To revert back to the
original calculations, change the Safety Distance Factor to 1.0.
The items in the Performance section vary by aircraft type and represent the
information found in the aircraft flight manual (including the name of the performance
parameter).
Takeoff Output
Description
Label
Rotate Speed Target takeoff speed upon which to initiate takeoff rotation.
Liftoff Speed Approximate speed when main gear leaves the runway; faster
than rotate speed, but slower than 50 ft speed.
Ground Roll Takeoff distance from brake release point until main gear lifts off
the runway.
50 ft Speed Initial climb speed reached at end of total takeoff distance and at
the obstacle height of 50 ft AGL with gear down and takeoff aps.
Total Distance Takeoff distance from brake release point through reaching 50 ft
obstacle height point above ground level (AGL). Consists of
ground roll distance and air segment for initial climb, all at takeoff
ap setting and gear down (if retractable).
Accel-Stop Distance Distance from brake release point through acceleration to a reject
speed and subsequent deceleration to a full stop; aircraft never
leaves the runway (this distance is typically only found with twin
engine aircraft).
Climb Speed Target speed for the initial climb after reaching the 50 ft AGL
takeoff point, typically gear up, if retract (see POH for ap setting
used).
Climb Rate Instantaneous rate of climb in ft/min for the initial climb after
reaching the 50 ft AGL takeoff point typically gear up, if retract (see
POH for ap setting used).
Climb Gradient Instantaneous climb gradient (rise/run) for the initial climb after
reaching the 50 ft AGL takeoff point typically gear up, if retract (see
POH for ap setting used).
Takeoff Climb Speed Target speed for the initial climb after reaching the 50 ft AGL
takeoff point in the POH-de ned takeoff ap and gear
con guration.
Takeoff Output
Description
Label
Takeoff Climb Rate Instantaneous rate of climb in ft/min for the initial climb after
reaching the 50 ft AGL takeoff point in the POH-de ned takeoff
ap and gear con guration.
Takeoff Climb Gradient Instantaneous climb gradient (rise/run) for the initial climb after
reaching the 50 ft AGL takeoff point in the POH-de ned takeoff
ap and gear con guration.
Cruise Climb Speed Target enroute climb speed, typically aps up and gear up, if
retract.
Cruise Climb Rate Enroute climb rate, typically aps up and gear up, if retract.
Cruise Climb Gradient Enroute climb gradient, typically aps up and gear up, if retract.
OEI Climb Speed Target climb speed when one engine inoperative (OEI) on a twin
engine aircraft.
OEI Climb Rate Climb rate when one engine inoperative (OEI) on a twin engine
aircraft.
To calculate Landing Performance, tap the Landing button next to the destination or
alternate airport and select a runway. To calculate Landing Performance for the
departure airport, select the Emergency Return option from the Takeoff Performance
view.
• The selected aircraft does not support Takeoff & Landing Performance.
• A non-performance tier account is being used to plan the flight.
• Runway data for the airport is unavailable.
Blue text in this view can be edited for hypothetical planning purposes or to
accommodate circumstances that are unique to the flight. For example, if the runway’s
usable length is reduced due to construction, you can manually edit the length to
represent the available runway distance.
Performance Summary
Departure Runway
Weather
Aircraft Configuration
Performance Results
The summary displays the planned landing weight, the distance required to land and
stop the aircraft, and the landing reference speed. Compete results are available in the
Performance section at the bottom of the Landing Performance view.
Performance Summary results are displayed when a runway is selected and are based
on the aircraft’s default landing configuration, weather, and latest runway data.
Performance results are updated each time a new landing runway is selected or a
configurable field is edited.
Some aircraft do not provide performance data for common variables such as the
runway’s surface condition (rain, snow, etc). As a result, if your aircraft flight manual
does not include this data, the Destination Runway section will not include it either.
Declared Distances
Declared runway distances are displayed at the bottom of the section.
• TORA - The portion of the runway suitable for the takeoff ground roll.
• TODA - Takeoff Distance Available (includes stopway and clearway).
• ASDA - Accelerate Stop Distance Available (includes stopway).
• Stopway - Paved area beyond TORA that can be used for stopping during a
rejected takeoff.
• Clearway - Unpaved area clear of obstacles beyond the runway that can be
used for a portion of the initial climb.
• LDA - Runway Landing Distance Available.
When weather data is available via the internet, ADS-B, or SiriusXM, the wind
component for each runway is displayed. Headwind components are displayed in
green, tailwinds in red, and crosswind components in grey. The weather used to
determine the wind component is displayed below the list of available runways.
Runway Details
Wind Components
Closed Runway
Weather Source
If the airport does not provide weather information, Landing Performance uses the
appropriate weather from a nearby airport. Each field in the weather section can be
manually edited. The weather source and raw text are displayed at the bottom of the
weather section.
Temperature
The Terminal Aerodrome Forecast (TAF) does not provide temperature data. If Takeoff
& Landing Performance indicates weather data is provided by a TAF, temperature from
the MOS forecast will be used. When the MOS forecast issues a range of
temperatures, the maximum temperature in the range is used.
When custom weather information has been entered, the results are updated and the
edited values are used throughout Landing Performance. For example, if Wind Speed
is manually edited, the wind components are updated to reflect the custom weather
when selecting a runway.
Wind Direction
Wind Direction is given relative to true north by default. To use magnetic winds, tap the
Use ºM button. Using magnetic winds changes the weather source to custom.
Altimeter
Altimeter information can be displayed in inches of mercury (inHg) or hectopascal
(hPa). To convert from one unit to the other, tap the button in the altimeter field.
Weather Reset
To revert the weather back to the current METAR or forecast weather after making
edits, tap the Reset button in the top right corner of the Weather section.
When a value other than 1.0 is entered in the Safety Distance Factor field, all distance
results are multiplied by the user-specified amount. For example, to add a 25% safety
margin to all results, enter a Safety Distance Factor of 1.25. To revert back to the
original calculations, change the Safety Distance Factor to 1.0.
The items in the Performance section vary by aircraft type and represent the
information found in the aircraft flight manual (including the name of the performance
parameter).
50 ft Speed (or Approach Target threshold crossing speed for landing and at 50 ft AGL
Speed) (obstacle height point). Typically referred to as the reference
speed (VREF), some manuals call it the approach speed (VAPP).
Total Distance Landing distance from 50 ft AGL obstacle height point (over
approach end runway threshold) until full stop is reached.
Consists of air portion with are, touchdown and stopping
portion.
Ground Roll Landing distance from touchdown point on the runway until full
stop is reached.
Go-Around/Balked Go-around climb rate in ft/min. Consult POH for ap and gear
Landing Climb Rate con guration.
Generate Summary
Document
Share Button
Navlogs are synced to your account and saved indefinitely provided the flight is not
deleted. If a flight is deleted from ForeFlight Mobile or ForeFlight Web, the Navlog is
also deleted and cannot be restored.
ForeFlight’s cloud-based flight planning engine is more accurate than the planning
engine available on the Maps view as it factors more variables (e.g., aircraft weight,
temperatures aloft, etc.).
Navlogs are generated without user input. A new Navlog is generated every time a
change is made to the Flights view. Once a Navlog is generated, it is saved locally to
the device and can be accessed offline. In other words, if you plan a flight while
connected to the Internet, the Navlog will be available for offline viewing.
Navlog
Timestamp
Navlog Button
When the Navlog button is tapped, the latest Navlog is displayed in the Navlog viewer.
It is not possible to view historical Navlogs that were generated as the flight was being
planned.
Navlogs are synced to your account. Generating a Navlog using ForeFlight Web and
then tapping the Navlog button in ForeFlight Mobile results in the same document, and
vice versa.
Update Refresh
Time Button
Flights View
The time at which the Navlog was generated is displayed above the Navlog button and
on the Navlog itself. To incorporate the latest weather forecasts, the Navlog must be
refreshed.
When the Navlog is refreshed with any of the techniques listed above, the Navlog is
updated with the latest available weather, and the Navlog timestamp is updated.
Basic Plus
Pro Plus
Performance Plus
Business Pro
Business Performance *
MFB Pro
MFB Performance *
Business + Dispatch *
MFB + Dispatch *
All Navlog types are read-only, printable, and shareable documents. Navlogs cannot be
edited using the Navlog viewer. The Navlog must be printed or opened with a viewer
capable of editing PDFs to make annotations.
The Basic Navlog contains essential flight planning details. The Standard and
International Navlogs contain additional flight planning details in commonly used
standard and international formats. Basic, Standard, and International Navlog types
are discussed in detail later in this chapter.
Custom Navlogs can be created with a ForeFlight Dispatch account. See the
ForeFlight Dispatch Guide for additional information.
Flight Summary
Winds Aloft
Airport Details
Airport Diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6
8 7
10
11 12 13 14 15 16
3. Aircraft registration (tail number). If a flight plan is filed with a callsign, the
callsign is included in this section.
5. Flight Rules.
10. Route waypoints (including airways, arrival and departure procedures, navaids,
and waypoints) listed as identifiers or lat/long coordinates if there is no identifier.
12. Average wind and wind component for the duration of the flight.
13. Estimated departure time in departure airport’s local and Zulu formats.
Each waypoint’s row describes the leg of the flight leading to it from the previous
waypoint. In the image below, the leg of the flight from KIAH to BBYSE is described on
the row for BBYSE. In other words, to get to the next waypoint, read that waypoint’s
row.
In the example below, the leg “300-KOMA” is reached when the aircraft is 300 nm from
KOMA.
If the waypoint is an airport without an identifier, the airport’s lat/long coordinates are
listed instead e.g. “300-5036N00827E” for 300 nm from Garbenheimer Weisen Airfield.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
7. Average wind direction and speed for the leg at the planned altitude.
9. Average true airspeed (TAS) and groundspeed (GS) for the leg.
11. Estimated time for the leg rounded to the nearest minute.
14. Blank field to record actual flight time. This field cannot be edited using the
Navlog viewer. The Navlog must be printed or opened with a viewer capable of
editing PDFs.
With the exception of Dispatch accounts, alternate fuel calculations use the same
cruise, climb, and descent profiles as the flight to calculate the fuel to the alternate
airport.
The routing from the initial destination airport to the alternate airport is not direct, nor
does it reflect a published approach. Rather, it serves as an estimate for flight planning
purposes.
A fuel buffer is added to account for the additional routing and varies by aircraft type.
Jet and Turboprop aircraft add a 30 nm buffer. Piston aircraft add a 15 nm buffer. There
is no alternate buffer added when planning with a helicopter.
The winds and temperatures in this section reflect the forecast weather at the specific
waypoint and not an average across route segments. To read the table, find the
appropriate waypoint in the left column. Follow its row to the right to the desired
altitude column. Definitions for the values found in the Winds Aloft table are given
below.
1 2 3 4
5 6
• PIC is automatically populated with the name associated with your account. Tap
More > Account to change the name.
• Souls on board is one by default. If a flight plan is filed, the Persons on Board
field is copied from the filing form to this section of the Navlog. Performance tier
customers can edit this field using the Flight’s Payload section.
• Tail reflects the selected aircraft’s registration number and type code.
• ETE is the estimated time en route for the planned cruise altitude.
The Standard Navlog is similar to the Basic Navlog, with the exception of some
additional features. Those features are circled below and discussed in this section.
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
The Standard Navlog includes RAIM prediction for any flight that meets one of the
following criteria.
• The flight is conducted entirely within the continental United States, Alaska,
Hawaii, or Puerto Rico.
• The flight begins and ends in the continental United States and spends less than
or equal to 15 minutes in Canadian airspace.
• The flight begins and ends in the continental United States and spends less than
or equal to 15 minutes in Mexican airspace.
• The flight begins and ends in Alaska and spends less than or equal to 15
minutes in Canadian airspace.
The International Navlog contains much of the same information as the Basic and
Standard Navlogs, however, it also includes fields pertinent to international flights.
International Navlog
Flight Summary
Arrival ATIS
Comparison Table
Airport Details
Airport Diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6
8 7
10
11
13
12
The Navlog must be printed or opened with a viewer capable of editing PDFs to record
actual fuel amounts, as the International Navlog is a read-only document.
Blank fields for recording ALT/RVSM, notes, ATIS, and IFR clearances
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
3. Average wind component for the leg (e.g., T8 is an average eight-knot tailwind
and H4 a four-knot headwind). Average wind direction and speed for the leg at
the planned altitude. Average outside air temperature (OAT) at the planned
altitude and its divergence from the International Standard Atmospheric (ISA)
temperature.
4. Magnetic heading (magnetic course corrected for winds) and Magnetic course
(true course corrected for geographic variation).
7. Fuel remaining at each waypoint. Fuel units reflect the selection in the aircraft
profile.
8. Planned fuel use per leg and a blank area to notate actual fuel (ACTL) usage.
Fuel units reflect the selection in the aircraft profile.
9. Average fuel flow per leg. Fuel units reflect the selection in the aircraft profile.
10. Estimated time en route per leg. Total time remaining per waypoint.
11. Cumulative time en route per leg and a blank area to notate actual cumulative en
route time.
12. Blank fields to notate estimated and actual time of arrival based on the actual
departure time.
13. Blank field for recording any remarks deemed necessary by the pilot.
Alternate fuel calculations use the same cruise, climb, and descent profiles to calculate
the fuel to the alternate airport.
The routing from the initial destination airport to the alternate airport is not direct, nor
does it reflect a published approach. Rather, it serves as an estimate for flight planning
purposes.
The alternate routing varies by aircraft type. Jet and Turboprop aircraft add a 30 nm
buffer. Piston aircraft add a 15 nm buffer. There is no alternate buffer added when
planning with a helicopter.
The two rightmost columns include the selected performance profile with (plan)
appended its name and the aircraft’s performance profile with the best range. It is not
possible to manually select another alternate performance profile.
Alternate cruise altitudes are listed in increments of 2,000 ft up to the planned cruise
altitude. To the right of each alternate cruise altitude is its average wind component
(e.g., H36 is an average 36 knot headwind).
The performance results for the planned cruise altitude and performance profile are
displayed in bold text.
Selected Alternate
Performance Performance
Profile Profile
Alternate
Altitudes
Planned
Altitude and
Performance
Profile
NOTE: The comparison table performance results are for a single climb and descent
to the alternate altitude. As a result, if your planned route has step climbs or
descents, the comparison table performance results may not match the Navlog for
your altitude and performance profile combination.
Airport Details
The Airport Details section includes commonly used airport frequencies, field elevation,
longest runway, and FBO location details (if available).
Once an actual time and fuel value is entered in the active navlog, the active navlog is
considered “In Progress” and edits to the Flights view are no longer copied. Active
Navlog entries do not update the Flights view nor the standard PDF Navlog.
Toggle
Search Buttons
Bar
• In Progress - This section contains flights with actual time and fuel values
entered.
• Today - This section contains flights without actuals and a planned departure
time of today (local time).
• Tomorrow - This section contains flights that are planned to depart tomorrow.
Flights beyond tomorrow can only be opened by tapping Go To Active Navlog
from the bottom of the flight’s standard Navlog.
Upper
Toolbar
Edit
Route
Options
Add
Actuals
Navlog Editor
Flight Details
10
Flight Summary
1. Created: The date and Zulu time when the active navlog was created.
2. From left to right: Departure - Destination, Departure Date, Tail Number (Aircraft
Type - Description), Flight Rules, Performance Profiles.
3. ETE: The flight’s estimated time en route.
4. Distance: The total distance of the route.
5. Avg Wind: Average wind for the entirety of the flight.
6. ETD: Estimated time of departure (local / Zulu time).
7. ETA: Estimated time of arrival (local / Zulu time).
8. Avg TAS: Average true airspeed for the entirety of the flight.
9. Altitude: Planned cruise altitude.
10. Route: Planned route.
Fuel Summary
Weight Summary
Each waypoint contains various fields based on planning and actual data. Additional
information is available on the next page.
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
NOTE: Tapping the Close button or outside the window dismisses the entry.
Actual values can be entered at any time and in any order. Beginning with Ramp
actuals and entering subsequent waypoints in order as you reach them is
recommended.
As actuals are entered, the estimates for each subsequent waypoint are updated. See
Active Navlog Planning Logic for more information.
IMPORTANT: You must tap the Add button to enter actual flight details.
• The waypoint’s estimated values are replaced with actual values in bold text.
• The waypoint’s planned values are compared to its actual values. The
differences are displayed next to the actual values. Values that are better than
estimated (less time or more remaining fuel) are displayed in green text. Values
that are worse than estimated are displayed in orange text.
NOTE: The first two waypoints do not apply the coloring discussed above.
• If the departure airport’s values are different than planned, the active navlog is
replanned. See Active Navlog Planning Logic for more information.
• Subsequent estimates are updated based on the user-entered actuals.
• The background color of any waypoint you have passed that does not have
actual values entered is darkened (see below).
Planned Estimated
Minimum
Minimum Fuel
The Minimum Fuel field displays the minimum fuel required at each waypoint. This
value is determined by the aircraft profile’s performance data, route, forecast weather,
and does not update as actuals are entered.
If the departure airport’s time or fuel actuals differ from planned, the planned time and
fuel requirement for each subsequent waypoint are replanned. When this occurs, the
“PLN" label is replaced with a “REPLAN” label (see next page). This is the only action
that results in the active navlog being replanned.
For example, if the aircraft departs before or after the planned departure time or with
more or less fuel than planned, the active navlog is replanned and each waypoint's
planned time and fuel calculations are updated accordingly.
NOTE: If the Ramp time or fuel values differ from planned, it does not result in
replanning as the exact time to taxi is unknown.
NOTE: If the flight departs before or after the planned departure time, the active
navlog is replanned. See Active Navlog Planning Logic for more information.
Suggested Times
When the Actuals menu is displayed, a time based on the following is suggested:
• If no actual times have been entered, the suggested time reflects the planned
departure time plus the estimated time to the waypoint.
• If any actual time has been entered, the suggested times reflects the updated
estimated time to the waypoint.
Suggested Actual
Time
NOTE: Actual times are automatically copied to the Flight Log Times sections.
NOTE: If the flight departs with more or less fuel than planned, the active navlog is
replanned. See Active Navlog Planning Logic for more information.
Suggested Fuel
When the Actual menu is displayed, a fuel amount is suggested based on the following:
• If no actual times have been entered, the planned fuel required at the waypoint
is displayed.
• If any actual fuel has been entered, the estimated fuel required at the waypoint
is displayed.
Suggested
Fuel
NOTE: The actual fuel amount entered at the destination ramp is automatically
copied to the Fuel at Shutdown field in the Flight Log.
When an actual crossing altitude is entered, it is displayed below the waypoint actuals.
If this optional field is not entered, the ALT field is not displayed in the waypoint table
for the waypoint.
NOTE: Adding an actual altitude does not affect planned or estimated values.
To edit an actual after it has been added, follow the steps below:
To edit the route, tap the three-dot action button for the appropriate waypoint and
select one of the actions.
1. Tap the appropriate three-dot action button and select Direct to.
2. In the Direct to menu, select the nearest waypoint where the Direct to portion
begins. When complete, tap Confirm.
NOTE: If issued a direct to clearance from a position other than a route waypoint,
first insert the coordinates where the direct to portion of the route begins. Then,
proceed with the direct to edit.
NOTE: The Abeam Location field is populated with your current coordinates.
NOTE: It is not possible to insert a waypoint between waypoints with actual values or
before or after the departure airport.
• Airport Identifiers
• Navaids
• Airways
• Waypoints
• Latitude/Longitude Coordinates
• Waypoint remarks can be added, viewed, and edited from the route table.
General remarks can only be accessed from the Actions button in the upper
toolbar.
• When the active navlog is signed, the contents of the waypoint remark are added
inline to the Active Navlog PDF Document. General remarks are listed in a
table on the first page of the Active Navlog PDF Document.
1. Tap the View Remark button to display the remark menu. Alternatively, tap the
appropriate waypoint three-dot action button and select View Remark.
2. View, edit, or tap Delete Remark as necessary.
3. When complete, tap the Close button or anywhere outside the menu.
View Remark
Active Navlog
Action Button
1. Tap the Navlog Actions [+] button in the upper toolbar and select RVSM.
2. If this is the first RVSM check for the flight, the RVSM (1) editor is automatically
opened. If this is not the first RVSM altitude check, tap New RVSM.
3. Enter the time, indicated altitude for each altimeter, and select which altimeter
the autopilot is set to. After selecting an altimeter, the difference between
altimeters is calculated.
4. When complete, tap the Back button.
Completed checks are listed in chronological order and are also included as a table in
the Active Navlog PDF Document.
1. Tap the [+] button in the upper toolbar and select RVSM.
2. Select the desired RVSM check.
3. Manually edit the check as necessary.
4. Tap the Back button when complete.
1. Tap the [+] button in the upper toolbar and select RVSM.
2. Perform one of the two options:
(i) Swipe right to left across an RVSM check. Tap Delete.
(ii) Select the desired RVSM check. Tap Delete RVSM at the bottom of the
menu. Tap Delete.
1. Tap the Navlog Actions [+] button in the upper toolbar and select Fuel Check.
2. If this is the first fuel check for the flight, the Fuel Check (1) editor is
automatically opened. If this is not the first fuel check, tap New Fuel Check.
3. Enter time and fuel values as appropriate.
4. When complete, tap the Back button.
Viewing Fuel Checks
Completed Fuel Checks can be accessed by tapping the [+] button in the upper toolbar
to display the Active Navlog Actions menu and selecting Fuel Check.
Completed checks are listed in chronological order and are also included as a table in
the Active Navlog PDF Document.
1. Tap the [+] button in the upper toolbar and select Fuel Check.
2. Perform one of the two options:
(i) Swipe right to left across a fuel check. Tap Delete.
(ii) Select a completed fuel check. Tap Delete Fuel Check at the bottom of the
menu. Tap Delete.
1. Tap the Navlog Actions [+] button in the upper toolbar and select Remark.
2. If this is the first remark for the flight, the Remark (1) editor is automatically
opened. If this is not the first remark, tap New Remark.
3. Enter the remark’s time, title, and remark as appropriate. When complete, tap
the Back button.
Viewing Remarks
Completed remarks can be viewed by tapping the [+] button in the upper toolbar to
display the Active Navlog Actions menu and selecting Remark. Completed remarks are
listed in chronological order.
The list of completed remarks includes waypoint remarks and remarks added using the
steps listed above. Remarks added to a waypoint are displayed next to the remark in
the route table. When using this method, remarks are displayed in a table on the first
page of the Active Navlog PDF Document.
Editing Remarks
To edit a remark, follow the steps below:
1. Tap the [+] button in the upper toolbar and select Remark.
2. Select the desired remark and manually edit as necessary.
3. Tap the Back button when complete.
Deleting Remarks
To delete a remark, follow the steps below:
1. Tap the [+] button in the upper toolbar and select Remark.
2. Perform one of the two options:
(i) Swipe right to left across a fuel check. Tap Delete.
(ii) Select a completed fuel check. Tap Delete Remark at the bottom of the
menu. Tap Delete.
1. Tap the Navlog Actions [+] button in the upper toolbar and select ATIS.
2. If this is the flight’s first ATIS recording, the ATIS (1) editor is automatically
opened. If not, tap New ATIS.
3. Enter the time, tap the departure or destination airport (or manually type airport
identifier), and manually record the ATIS broadcast information.
4. When complete, tap the Back button.
Viewing ATIS
Completed ATIS can be viewed by tapping the [+] button in the upper toolbar to display
the Active Navlog Actions menu and selecting ATIS. Completed ATIS are listed in
chronological order.
When using this method, ATIS are displayed in a table on the first page of the Active
Navlog PDF Document.
Editing Remarks
To edit an ATIS recording, follow the steps below:
1. Tap the [+] button in the upper toolbar and select ATIS.
2. Perform one of the two options:
(i) Swipe right to left across the ATIS. Tap Delete.
(ii) Select a completed ATIS. Tap Delete ATIS at the bottom of the menu. Tap
Delete.
If ForeFlight Mobile is not open, the notification behavior is controlled by the iOS
device’s notification settings. Open the iPad/iPhone’s Settings app and select
Notifications > ForeFlight to select the behavior. Tap the notification to open
ForeFlight Mobile.
• The active navlog is locked and cannot be modified. Remove the signature to
modify the active navlog.
• The Active Navlog PDF Document is generated.
• The active navlog is moved to the Archived Flights list and a signature icon is
added to the flight.
1. Tap the signature button in the upper toolbar to display the signature menu. The
menu includes a timestamp and flight info. These fields cannot be edited using
this menu.
2. Tap Add Signature.
3. If more than one crew member was assigned to the flight with Dispatch, select
the crew member that will sign the active navlog. Only one signature is required.
4. Tap Sign.
5. Use your finger or a stylus to add a signature. When complete, tap Done.
Removing a Signature
If a signed active navlog requires modification, the signature must be removed. To
remove a signature, follow the steps below:
1. Tap the Document button in the upper toolbar to open the PDF document.
2. While viewing the PDF document, tap the Send To button in the upper toolbar to
open the iOS sharing menu.
3. Select one of the standard iOS sharing options. ForeFlight recommends sharing
the navlog to the flight by selecting Save to Flight’s Files.
NOTE: The Active Navlog PDF Document is not automatically attached to the
Flight’s Files. If the flight was released from Dispatch, the signed PDF document is
automatically listed alongside the other Navlog formats.
Ramp Information
Each active navlog PDF document contains a RAMP section that displays the actual
time and fuel amounts from the departure and destination ramps.
Remarks
If a general remark is added using the Active Navlog Actions button, it is listed in the
Additional Information section. If no general remarks are added, this section is hidden.
As discussed later, waypoint remarks are added inline to the route table.
ATIS
If ATIS information is recorded using the Active Navlog Actions button, it is listed in
the Additional Information section. If ATIS is not recorded, this section is hidden.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Route Table
NOTE: If a route waypoint is deleted using the Active Navlog Editor prior to
generating the PDF document, the waypoint is in the PDF document displayed using
strikethrough notation. Direct to route edits use similar notation as the Active
Navlog Editor.
Waypoint Remark
HTML Briefing
After tapping Close to navigate away, the same briefing can be reopened by tapping
the Briefing button again. However, if any flight details have been changed since the
first briefing was generated, tapping the Briefing button replaces the old briefing with a
new one to reflect those changes.
NOTE: Dispatch account holders and pilots of flights not entirely within the U.S.
always generate PDF briefings, regardless of the Briefing Format setting. Other pilots
can use the HTML format.
To change this setting, tap More > Settings > Briefing Format and select Graphical
(PDF) or Graphical (HTML). The new format will be used to generate all future
briefings.
Existing briefings will retain their old format as long as the flight plan details have not
changed. The only way to regenerate an existing briefing in the other format is to do
each of the following:
To refresh an existing briefing with the latest weather and NOTAM data, tap the
Refresh button in the lower-left corner of the briefing. If the refreshed briefing uses the
HTML format, updated sections will be marked as unread. Otherwise, there will be no
indication of where updates were made.
The contents of the PDF briefing are described in the following sections in the order in
which they appear: Vertical Cross Section Chart, Wind Chart, Significant Weather
Chart, METARs / TAFs, SIGMETs, Organized Track System, and NOTAMs.
To read the chart, follow the blue route line from left to right, noting the weather it
intersects. Then, look straight down to the labels at the bottom of the chart to see the
time and place where the aircraft will encounter the weather. All of the chart’s
elements are described below.
Chart
North Header
Indicators
Legend
Altitude
Location and ETE
IMPORTANT: The Time field on the Vertical Cross Section Chart is different from the
Time field on the Wind Chart. This has implications for how the two charts are read.
See the Wind Chart section for details.
Tropopause
The height of the tropopause along each segment is depicted as a series of red
numbers at the top of the chart. When the flight is planned near the tropopause, it is
depicted as a red dashed line. The exact height of this line can be determined by
reading the red flight-level altitudes on the Y-axis of the chart.
Flight Path
A blue line shows the aircraft altitude along each segment of the flight, starting from
departure (left corner of the chart) to destination (right corner). The rising and falling of
this line corresponds to the aircraft’s flight level altitude along each segment, which
can be read along the Y-axis of the chart.
0 knots / 90°
5 knots / 315°
15 knots / 45°
60 knots / 270°
IMPORTANT: When reading the wind barbs on the Vertical Cross Section Chart,
remember that they are oriented according to a left-to-right flight path, not in a North-
up fashion as they would be on a map. If the long stem of the wind barb is pointing
up, the wind is blowing from the right side of the aircraft in flight (not necessarily from
the South). The route compass icons at the top of each column can be used to
determine the direction of flight in each segment.
Turbulence
Colored boxes indicate the presence and severity of turbulence along each segment of
the flight. The severity of turbulence along each segment is indicated by an EDR value
in the corner of each box, and by color ranging from yellow to brown. The legend at the
bottom of the chart shows an EDR scale that can be used to interpret the severity by
color.
Icing Symbols
Flight Segments
The bottom edge of the chart includes labels for each segment along the flight, along
with a timestamp for the aircraft’s expected ETA at that segment.
Flight segments are labeled based on elements of the flight plan and route. Depending
on how the flight is constructed, each label may correspond to an airport, a waypoint,
or a distance from a waypoint. Because the chart is divided evenly into 15 segments,
not all route elements will be represented as labels.
Legend
Along the bottom edge is a legend for use in interpreting the symbols throughout the
Vertical Cross Section Chart. These aids include:
• A depiction of the Flight Path and Tropopause lines, as well as terrain color.
• A note about temperature numbers.
IMPORTANT: The Wind Chart is designed to provide a single forecast based on the
scheduled departure time and should not be used to predict the weather conditions
for the entire duration of a long flight.
Also, while it uses similar symbology for winds, temperatures, and turbulence as the
Vertical Cross Section Chart, all directional symbols on the Wind Chart are oriented
in a North-up fashion.
Wind Chart
Latitude/Longitude
If a flight covers a wide enough area, the Wind Chart will show lines of latitude and
longitude and display their values on the chart edges. This can be used to estimate the
coordinates of the forecast weather at the flight’s ETD.
• The height of the chart data represents the maximum planned flight altitude
and is conveyed as a flight-level altitude e.g. "FL 450” in the image.
• The chart’s data provider is listed, e.g. “Data by WDT” in the image.
• The Data source field indicates when the wind, temperature, and turbulence
data was collected by the above data provider, e.g. “Mar 01 2022 1100Z” in the
image.
• The Time field shows the start of the forecast weather’s valid period, e.g. “Mar
01 2022 1345Z” in the image, and is set according to the flight’s ETD. This is
different from the Vertical Cross Section Chart’s Time field, which conveys when
the briefing was generated.
• The Projection field indicates which projection was used for the chart, e.g.
“LAMBERT” in the image.
• The Turbulence EDR scale can be used to interpret the intensity of turbulence
on the chart according to color ranging from yellow to brown.
IMPORTANT: While the route line intersects many weather symbols along the chart,
those symbols represent weather forecast at the moment of the flight’s ETD, not the
moment when the aircraft crosses each point.
5 knots / 315°
15 knots / 45°
60 knots / 270
Turbulence
Turbulence is indicated on the Wind Chart by regions of color ranging from yellow to
brown. The severity of turbulence can be interpreted using the Turbulence EDR scale
in the chart legend.
Each chart is valid at one of four predetermined, 6-hour intervals starting at 0000Z (i.e.
0000Z, 0600Z, 1200Z, and 1800Z). Each chart is also forecast at one of two altitude
ranges: mid-level charts display weather at FL 100 to 450, and high-level charts
display weather at FL 250 to 600. Significant Weather Chart elements are described
below.
Cumulonimbus Clouds
Areas of cumulonimbus clouds are enclosed by a scalloped white line. Each area is
labeled with a number corresponding to an item in the chart legend describing the base
and tops of the cloud layer. An (XXX) in place of the base height means that the cloud
base exceeds the lower height limit of the chart e.g. in the image below. Each item in
the list is prefixed with a number matching one of the graphics on the chart.
METARs / TAFs
Flight Category
Each METAR and TAF is accompanied by a color-coded flight category icon to aid in
scanning the general weather conditions along the route. The following table defines
each icon.
• Departure Airports
• Destination Airports
• Alternate Airports
• ETP Airports (Dispatch accounts only)
• En route Airports
20.2.5 SIGMETs
The SIGMETs section lists relevant SIGMETs and Convective SIGMETs along the
route, grouped by region. A SIGMET is included in the briefing if it is active within two
hours before or after aircraft passage, and if the route intersects the FIR. (U.S.
convective SIGMET locations are translated into East, Central, or West FIRs for the
purpose of inclusion.)
SIGMETs
NOTAM
Filters
Temporal
Condition
NOTAM
Group
Header
Safety
Language
NOTAM in Red
Type
Header
(U.S. Only)
PDF Brie ng
NOTAM Filters
When a PDF briefing is requested, ForeFlight selects an initial list of NOTAMs (issued
by relevant airports and overflown FIRs, and U.S. navigation NOTAMs within a 30-nm
radius of the route). It then applies filters to narrow down the list. These filters cannot
be adjusted. The page header indicates if any NOTAMs are filtered out of the briefing.
• Flight Level Filter: This filter removes all NOTAMs more than 50,000 ft outside
the minimum or maximum flight planned altitudes.
• Route Filter: Removes all NOTAMs that affect an area more than 80 nm from
the route.
• Valid Time Filter: Removes all NOTAMs that are not active 12 hours before or
after the flight.
• Miscellaneous NOTAMs Filter: Removes all NOTAMs given an “M” in the
PURPOSE field of their Q code, designating them as Miscellaneous NOTAMs
that are not subject for a briefing.
• Checklist NOTAMs Filter: Removes all NOTAMs that have a Q code of “KKKK”
or have a “K” in the SCOPE field of their Q code.
• Flight Rules Filter: Remove all NOTAMs that are not relevant to the flight based
on the flight rules used. (For IFR flights, NOTAMs without an “I” in the TRAFFIC
field are excluded. For VFR flights, NOTAMs without a “V” in the TRAFFIC field
are excluded.)
• Local Language Filter: Removes non-English NOTAMs for each country below
based on its series identifier:
• Turkey (LT): G, H, M, L
• Serbia (LY): C
• Slovenia (LJ): C
• Poland (EP): P, M, N, U, L, J
• Italy (LI): C
• Portugal (LP): D
• Slovakia (LZ): C
• ARTCC NOTAMs Filter: Removes all FDC NOTAMs unless they are issued by
the Departure, Destination, Alternate 1 or Alternate 2 airports, or are of type
“NAV” and are issued by an en route airport.
• Military NOTAMs Filter: Removes all military NOTAMs from briefings for non-
military flights. Specifically, this filter removes all NOTAMs containing the text
“DOD PROCEDURAL NOTAM”.
Each group starts with a list of its recent NOTAMs (added or edited within the past 12
hours), followed by the remaining NOTAMs in that group.
For any portion of the flight outside the U.S., NOTAMs are listed individually within
each phase of flight. Each NOTAM is listed under a descriptive header in bold font.
Temporal Conditions
The right side of the PDF briefing identifies any NOTAMs that are new or inactive
during the aircraft’s passing time.
The HTML briefing includes a sidebar for scanning and navigating its topics. It
displays the current topic in a viewing pane that permits limited toggling between plain
and raw text formats. These features are described below.
The HTML briefing is divided into the following weather and NOTAM topics, described
later in this chapter: Adverse Conditions, Synopsis, Current Weather, Forecasts,
and NOTAMs.
Briefing Summary
The top half of the navigation sidebar presents a briefing summary of flight data,
including the departure and destination ICAO codes, planned altitude, aircraft, ETD,
ETE, and ETA. It also indicates the number of unread briefing sections.
Total
Unread
Sections
Unread
Sections
Progress Tracking
Page Navigation
Secondary Sidebar
Viewing Pane
On split-screen pages like those in the Adverse Conditions section or the Synopsis
page, raw text can be displayed by tapping SHOW RAW TEXT at the bottom of the
right column.
On full-screen pages like the METARs, TAFs, or NOTAMs pages, a PLAIN TEXT slider
at the top right of the page can be used to toggle the text between raw and translated.
The position of this slider is retained between pages in the same briefing.
Each advisory displays its name, active time, and location on a map. Additionally,
Temporary Flight Restriction, Convective SIGMET, and AIRMET advisories display a
color-coded indication of whether the advisory will be active when the aircraft passes
within 2 nm of its location:
• Orange: Active within 1 hour before or after the aircraft passes within 2 nm.
• Green: Inactive within 1 hour before or after the aircraft passes within 2 nm.
Closed/Unsafe NOTAMs
Convective SIGMETs
Convective SIGMETs are listed in the briefing if they occur less than 80 nm from the
route and are active within two hours of the flight’s ETD or ETA. Their raw text can be
displayed by tapping SHOW RAW TEXT at the bottom of the page.
Convective SIGMETs
AIRMETs
AIRMETs are listed in the HTML
briefing if they occur less than 80
nm from the route and are active
within two hours of the flight’s ETD
or ETA.
Urgent PIREPs
Urgent PIREPs are listed in the
HTML briefing if they occur less
than 80 nm from the route and are
less than 90 minutes old. A
PIREP’s raw text can be displayed
by tapping SHOW RAW TEXT at
the bottom of the page.
Urgent PIREPs
Synopsis Section
METARs
The METARs page shows METARs along the route as a map and a list.
The map uses flight category icons to show a subset of METARs along the route. Only
METARs with the worst weather are shown on the map. This is done to declutter the
image for readability. The remaining METARs can be found in the list.
METARs Map
PIREPs
The PIREPs page uses a secondary sidebar to list all PIREPs less than 90 minutes old
and within 80 nm of the route. When tapped, each PIREP is displayed on a map and as
text.
PIREPs Page
Cloud Coverage
The Cloud Coverage section
uses a secondary sidebar to
list images generated by the
NWS that show forecast
cloud coverage. Images are
provided for every region
within the continental U.S.
that the route passes
through, and for all times
that the flight is active.
Cloud Coverage
TAFs Map
Below the map is a list of TAFs within 30 nm of the route that will be valid at or near
the time the aircraft passes each airport. If a portion of any TAF will be valid during the
aircraft passing time, it will be highlighted in the flight-category color. By default, TAFs
are listed using raw text. To toggle the list between raw and plain text, tap the blue
PLAIN TEXT switch above the TAFs page map.
Wind Chart
Enable the switch in the upper-right corner of the page to limit the altitudes shown to
only those within 4,000’ of your filed altitude (shown in the blue column). Disable it to
show winds aloft forecasts for all altitudes.
Each column provides wind forecasts for different altitudes, and each row shows the
forecast winds at each waypoint in your route. If the switch in the upper-right corner of
the page is disabled, you can swipe left and right on each table to view forecast winds
at altitudes that are more than 4,000’ from the filed altitude.
NOTE: This section does not include closed/unsafe NOTAMs, which are found
instead in the Adverse Conditions section.
NOTAMs: Departure
• Flight Level Filter: This filter removes all NOTAMs more than 50,000 ft outside
the minimum or maximum flight planned altitudes.
• Route Filter: Removes all NOTAMs that affect an area more than 80 nm from
the route.
• Valid Time Filter: Removes all NOTAMs that are not active 12 hours before or
after the flight.
• Miscellaneous NOTAMs Filter: Removes all NOTAMs given an “M” in the
PURPOSE field of their Q code, designating them as Miscellaneous NOTAMs
that are not subject for a briefing.
• Checklist NOTAMs Filter: Removes all NOTAMs that have a Q code of “KKKK”
or have a “K” in the SCOPE field of their Q code.
• Flight Rules Filter: Remove all NOTAMs that are not relevant to the flight based
on the flight rules used. (For IFR flights, NOTAMs without an “I” in the TRAFFIC
field are excluded. For VFR flights, NOTAMs without a “V” in the TRAFFIC field
are excluded.)
• Local Language Filter: Removes non-English NOTAMs for each country below
based on its series identifier:
• Turkey (LT): G, H, M, L
• Serbia (LY): C
• Slovenia (LJ): C
• Poland (EP): P, M, N, U, L, J
• Italy (LI): C
• Portugal (LP): D
• Slovakia (LZ): C
• Military NOTAMs Filter: Removes all military NOTAMs from briefings for non-
military flights. Specifically, this filter removes all NOTAMs containing the text
“DOD PROCEDURAL NOTAM”.
• Departure
• Destination
• Alternate 1
• Alternate 2
• Enroute
• ARTCC
The Enroute group is further subdivided into these
subgroups:
• Communication
• SVC
• Airspace
• Special Use Airspace
• Rwy/Twy/Apron/AD/FDC
• Other/Unverified
NOTAM Groups
Most pages list NOTAMs in order of the route of flight. However, the Departure,
Destination, Alternate 1, and Alternate 2 groups instead list NOTAMs in the following
order: Navigation, Communication, Service, Obstruction Within 10 NM, Airspace Within
10 NM, Special Use Airspace Within 10 NM, Runway, Taxiway, Apron, Aerodrome,
FDC, and Other/Unverified
By default, METARs are listed using raw text. To toggle the list between raw and plain
text, tap the blue PLAIN TEXT switch above the METARs page map.
• iOS apps (AirDrop, Gmail, Notes, etc.): Sends the PDF to the selected app.
The results vary depending on the app. For example, Gmail will send a copy of
the full PDF as an email attachment, while Notes will create a new note file with
a thumbnail that opens the briefing.
• Copy: Sends a copy of the PDF to the device clipboard. The effects of pasting
depend on its destination. For example, pasting to Notes creates a thumbnail of
the first page of the briefing that can be tapped to show the other pages.
• Save to ForeFlight Documents: Sends the PDF to the device’s Imported Drive
in the Documents view.
• Save to Flight’s Files: Saves the PDF as an attachment to the flight. This PDF
can be accessed via the Files button on the Flights view. This action requires a
Performance-tier subscription.
• Markup: Opens a copy of the PDF that can be saved with markups.
• Print: Sends the PDF briefing to a connected printer. A printed hard copy of the
PDF briefing appears exactly how it does in ForeFlight.
• Save to Device: Tap Save to Files to save the PDF to a location on or connected
to your device. Options include hard drive directories on the device along with
connected cloud or network drives.
• iOS apps (AirDrop, Gmail, Notes, etc.): Sends the URL of the HTML briefing to
the selected app. Results vary based on the app used, but all involve pasting the
URL or opening it in a web browser.
• Copy: Sends the URL of the HTML briefing to the device clipboard.
• Add to Reading List: Saves the HTML briefing to the Safari Reading List for
viewing later, even without an internet connection. See Apple's Reading List
documentation for details.
To create a marked-up copy, tap the Send To icon, then tap Markup. Use the drawing
and text tools at the top right corner of the screen to add markups, and then tap Done
to save a copy, or tap the Send To icon for other iOS sharing options.
IOS
Sharing,
Text,
and
Drawing
Tools
Selected
Tool
ScratchPads are automatically synced between devices on your account. You can
copy, delete, reorder, and save ScratchPads to your device directory. You can also
share PDFs of any ScratchPad manually with other devices over the cloud and other
apps on your device. If you have a Performance tier subscription, you can attach these
PDFs to your flights.
21.1 Design
ScratchPads are stored in a dedicated view on ForeFlight Mobile (iPad or iPhone). In
the navigation toolbar, tap ScratchPads to see the available functionality and any
existing ScratchPads arranged as thumbnail icons.
To select a template:
1. On the ScratchPads View, tap New ScratchPad or the + button in the upper-
right corner of the device screen. (You can also tap the + button with another
ScratchPad currently open.)
2. Select one of the nine available templates from the Choose A Template menu to
open a new ScratchPad. The available templates include:
• Draw: A blank canvas.
• Type: A text document that uses the
iOS keyboard instead of the Pen
tool.
• Grid: A square grid.
• CRAFT: A form to record a
clearance (Cleared to, Route,
Altitude, Frequency, Transponder
code).
• ATIS: A form to record an Automatic
Terminal Information Service (ATIS)
broadcast.
• PIREP: A form to record a Pilot
Report (PIREP).
• Takeoff: Has fields for V-speeds,
departure clearance, and runway
details.
• Landing: Has fields for V-speeds,
local conditions, and clearance
Available ScratchPads Templates
information.
• Holding: Has fields for location, direction, and altitude of the hold, and
Expect Further Clearance (EFC) time.
• Tap the Eraser button to turn the Pen cursor into an eraser. Drag your finger
over annotations to erase. To disable the eraser, tap the Pen button. If using an
Apple 2 Pencil, double tap the flat side near the tip to switch between Pen and
eraser modes.
• Tap Clear to erase all annotations from the ScratchPad.
• Tap the Undo button once or more to undo recent annotations.
• Tap the Redo button once or more to redo changes that were recently undone.
Eraser Undo
Clear Redo
NOTE: The Type template only supports the Clear operation. Undo and Redo only
work on changes made since you last opened the ScratchPad. The Eraser button
does not toggle on and off, you must tap the Pen button to disable the eraser.
Renaming a ScratchPad
• To delete an individual ScratchPad, tap the X icon at the top-left corner of its
thumbnail, and then tap Done.
• To delete all ScratchPads at once, tap Delete All in the upper-right corner, and
then tap Delete All again in the confirmation prompt.
Export
Copy
Save to Device
The Custom Content view can be used to access custom content, however the typical
workflow involves accessing custom content from the Maps, Plates, and Airports views.
Custom Charts, Custom Map Layers, and Content Packs do not sync between devices.
User Waypoints sync to the devices signed into the account. ForeFlight Web does not
support custom content.
Custom
Charts
Custom Map
Layers
User
Waypoints
Active View
Detailed View
Content
Packs
• Name - Must be minimum of 3 characters, all one word with no spaces. Names
must contain at least one letter and should not duplicate an existing published
waypoint’s name. Waypoint names can be entered into the flight plan editor for
planning purposes.
• Description (optional) - User waypoint descriptions are displayed in the user
waypoint pop-up when tapped. Descriptions support letters, numbers, and
special characters.
• Location - Location is defined by latitude/longitude, point/radial/distance, or
Military Grid Reference System (MGRS). When adding a user waypoint with
Maps, the latitude/longitude is automatically populated.
• Elevation (optional) - The elevation field provides ForeFlight with elevation data
for flight planning purposes. When an elevation is provided, flight planning
results are more accurate. Entering an elevation also allows Profile View to
display climbs and descents when the destination or departure are a user
waypoint.
Elevation
CSV files can be created with spreadsheet programs like Microsoft Excel, Google
Sheets, or Apple Numbers. KML files can be created with mapping programs like
Google Earth or Google My Maps.
When creating a CSV file, each waypoint is defined on its own row. There’s no limit to
the number of rows a file can contain. To create a user waypoint CSV file for bulk
import, open a new spreadsheet with your preferred program. Add a single table with
five columns. Add enough rows for the number of user waypoints in the file. Fill in the
table with your user waypoint data. Only one table per file is supported.
Volunteer Fire
VFD23 26.955 -93.544 2376
Station
Name Field
The Name field must be formatted with the following properties:
• No spaces between words. Use a "_" or "-" between words. For example,
"THE_CABIN" or "THE-CABIN", not "THE CABIN”.
Latitude/Longitude Field
The Latitude/Longitude field accepts coordinates written in a specific decimal degrees
(DD) notation. To enter coordinates in the southern or western hemisphere, prefix the
decimal degrees value with a minus (-) sign, e.g., -97.711. To indicate northern or
eastern hemisphere, omit the minus sign, e.g., 29.243.
NOTE: Unlike manual entry via the Custom Content view, User Waypoint CSV files
cannot accept other variations of decimal degrees notation. Do not use letters (N, S,
E, W) to indicate hemispheres or symbols (°) to indicate degrees.
To create a KML file with My Maps, select the add waypoint button and use the mouse
to specify the location of the waypoint. Enter a name and description for the waypoint.
Spaces in the name field are automatically replaced by an underscore when imported
into ForeFlight. After entering a waypoint name and description, click Save.
Add Waypoints
Export as
KML
Name
Description
When all user waypoints have been added to the map, click the menu button to export
the map layer as a KML/KMZ file. ForeFlight can import KML and KMZ files as user
waypoints. It’s not necessary to specify a particular format. The format (KML or KMZ) is
only applicable when importing a custom map layer with custom icons. See Custom
Map Layers for additional information.
It's not necessary to rename KML/KMZ files. File names are ignored when importing as
a user waypoint file. If you have multiple user waypoint KML/KMZ files, renaming the
file is recommended so the contents of the file can be easily identified. Save the file to
your computer in preparation for importing it to ForeFlight.
When a standalone CSV or KML file is imported, the waypoints are appended to the
existing user waypoint list. During the import process, the current user waypoints are
compared to the waypoints in the CSV/KML file. Duplicate waypoints are not appended
to the waypoint list.
User Waypoints imported via content pack are not appended to the user waypoint list.
If a KML/KMZ file with lines or shapes is imported, Custom Map Layer will be the only
option. If a CSV user waypoint file is imported, User Waypoints will be the only option.
Once the file has been imported, the waypoints can be displayed on the map by
selecting User Waypoints from the map drop-down menu.
This section provides basic instruction for creating custom map layers with Google
Earth Pro. For detailed instructions, the Google Earth Learn website is recommended.
If you import a file that includes a KML feature that is not listed below, the unsupported
feature is ignored by ForeFlight. ForeFlight supports the following KML features.
22.7.3 Waypoints
One of the more common custom map layer features is the waypoint. Waypoints are
displayed as icons on the map. Waypoints can be added to the route editor for planning
purposes and used in flight plan filing. To create a custom map layer with waypoints,
click the Add Placemark button in the Google Earth Pro upper toolbar.
Add Placemark
After clicking the placemark button, drag the waypoint icon to the appropriate position
or manually enter the waypoint’s latitude/longitude. Enter a waypoint name and
description. Custom map layer names do not have to be a single word.
Select a supported icon for the waypoint or use a custom icon and click OK. Waypoint
icons are discussed on the following pages.
KML/KMZ files exported from Google Earth do not include elevation data.
To customize the description section of a waypoint, add the HTML directly to the
description field in Google Earth Pro.
To view HTML formatted text in ForeFlight, tap the custom waypoint on the Maps view
and tap More Details in the Description section of the pop-up.
HTML formatted text in Google Earth Pro Custom map layer waypoint with
HTML formatting
When choosing a waypoint icon, select a supported icon or use the Add
Custom Icon… option at the bottom of the icon menu.
Default Icon
To select a waypoint icon, click the icon button in the upper right
corner of the waypoint menu and select an icon from the subsequent page. Once an
icon has been selected, click OK.
Custom Icon
Button
Supported Icons
When using a custom icon, your map layer must be saved as a KMZ file. KMZ files are
zipped files with KML map data and the custom icon image files.
Style, Color
Customizing Waypoints
Icon
Label
Scale
Icon and label scale (size) can be independently adjusted. The maximum label scale is
one. A label scale greater than one will not be reflected in ForeFlight.
Specifying a label scale of zero results in the label not being displayed. If the label is
not displayed, the waypoint’s name can still be used for flight planning purposes. To
create a map layer with only icons, set label scale to zero as in the image below.
There is no upper limit for icon scale. An icon scale greater than one results in a larger
icon in ForeFlight. To display a label without an icon, use the Add Custom Icon option
and use a blank image.
Style, Color
Add Path
Use the mouse and cursor to add points to the path. Adjust line width and color by
selecting Style, Color. When all points have been added, click OK.
It’s not necessary to provide the path with a name as ForeFlight will ignore it. The
KML/KMZ file name is what will appear in the map drop-down menu.
Style, Color
Custom Map Layer Line (path) in Google Earth and ForeFlight Mobile
Add Shape
Use the mouse and cursor to add points to the shape. Adjust the appearance of the
shape with the line and area settings in Style, Color. When all points have been
added, click OK.
ForeFlight does not recognize a shape’s name. To display a name over the center of a
shape, add a custom waypoint (placemark) with the shape’s name.
Select Save Place As…. and provide a name for the file. The file’s name is what will
appear in More > Custom Content > Custom Map Layers and in the map layer drop-
down menu.
If the file contains custom icons, ensure the KMZ file format is selected. After exporting
the file to your computer, share the file to your iPad/iPhone via AirDrop, Email, or File
Transfer. When your iPad/iPhone receives the file, a list of installed apps which are
capable of importing the file are listed. Select ForeFlight from the list of installed apps.
ForeFlight will automatically open and provide prompts for importing the custom map.
Once the map has been imported, it can be selected from the map drop-down menu.
Select More > Custom Content > Custom Map Layer to share, delete, or show the
map layer.
ForeFlight can not create custom charts. If a chart does not contain geospatial
information, a 3rd-party program can be used to add the data. ForeFlight recommends
Map Tiler for creating MBTile custom charts and QGIS for creating geospatial PDF. For
additional information, see our Custom Content Support Page.
Custom plates are accessed from the Plates, Airports, or Maps procedure view similar
to published procedures. If the BYOP plate is georeferenced, the plate is able to be
sent to the Map with a Pro Plus or higher subscription. If a plate is not georeferenced,
geospatial data can be added to the PDF with various mapping programs. For more
information, visit the How do I create a Geospatial PDF support article.
• Four character ICAO airport/heliport code: ICAO codes should be all caps
with no spaces immediately followed by and underscore. (e.g., KLAX, 38TE)
• Procedure Category: Procedures are divided into four categories by default:
Airport, Departure, Arrival, and Approach. Custom plates can be added to the
existing categories. If the category name is omitted, a fifth category is created by
ForeFlight. The fifth category is named Other and any plate without a specified
category is added to this folder.
If a category name other than one of the four existing categories is used, a
custom procedure category is created in ForeFlight for the airport/heliport. See
the example on the following page.
• Procedure Name: The procedure name supports letters, numbers, and special
characters. The procedure name should be entered exactly as it is to appear in
ForeFlight (e.g., COPTER RNAV 09 APPROACH, Ramp Operations).
BYOP Subfolder
To import BYOP files without using Finder or iTunes, the files must be imported
via content pack. For information on importing standalone BYOP files, refer to the
BYOP Support Page.
Content packs can range from a basic list of user waypoints to complex bundles of
geo-referenced charts, plates, map layers, and linked files. Content packs are listed in
the left column of the Custom Content view. When tapped, the contents of a pack are
listed in the detail view.
Multiple content packs can be installed on a device. Content packs are available to all
individual subscribers and Performance level business and MFB subscribers. Example
content packs can be found at foreflight.com/support/content-packs.
Installed
Content
Packs
The main folder becomes your content pack once all custom content is added. The
main folder does not have a specific naming requirement. Assign the main folder a
name that is easily recognizable. The main folder (content pack) name is displayed in
ForeFlight.
Main Folder
• Custom Plates
byop
22.11.4 Manifest
Content packs can also include an optional manifest. The manifest provides
information about the content pack to help distinguish it from other content packs. It
can also establish effective and expiration dates and specify if the content pack can be
shared after being imported.
Information specified in the manifest is displayed at the top of the content pack details
view in More > Custom Content. Manifests are placed in the main content pack folder.
If you don’t include a manifest, ForeFlight will use the content pack’s file name by
default.
If the content pack includes plates within the byop folder, expired plates will display a
red "EXPIRED" banner at the top of the Plates view. Expired content packs remain fully
functional. The red banners only serve as a notice to the user that the content pack
expiration date has passed.
For ForeFlight Military Flight Bag customers, special logic has been implemented to
impose an expiration date on Giant Report zip files downloaded from the NGA aerodata
website. Any content pack with a file name formatted as “Giant_Reports-YYYY-MM-
DD” will automatically be assigned an expiration date corresponding to 8 days after the
publication date identified in the file name.
Adding “noShare”: “true” to one content pack does not disable sharing of other content
packs installed on the same device. The code must be added to the manifest for each
content pack you do not want to be shared.
Once content pack sharing is disabled, the Send To button will be hidden regardless of
how the content pack was imported. For instance, whether you imported it via AirDrop
or downloaded it via an integrated cloud drive, the Send To button will remain hidden
when you select the content pack from the Custom Content view.
Associated Information
Files that are related to a waypoint in a KML, KMZ, or geojson map layers can be
added to the navdata subfolder. Associated files can be image or PDF documents.
Adding a file to the navdata subfolder allows you to select the file for viewing from the
Maps page.
Associated files are linked to waypoints by their naming convention. To link a file to a
waypoint, use the following file naming convention: “Waypoint _Name Document
Description”.
The waypoint name and document description are separated by a space. For example,
a document named “H413 Aerial View” links the “Aerial View” file to the H413 waypoint.
The second component of the file’s name is what will be displayed in the waypoint’s
slide-over menu. In the image below, note how multiple associated files are linked to
the waypoint H413. Each file is accessible by tapping the waypoint on the map. The
document description is displayed in ForeFlight exactly as the file is named (e.g. Aerial
View, Hospital Plate, Ground View).
Associated PDF, PNG, and IMG files can be accessed from the map by tapping the
custom map layer waypoint icon and selecting an associated file. Tapping an
associated file opens the file in the Documents view.
navdata subfolder
Associated
Files
Custom KMZ
map layer
MBtiles, FBtiles, and geospatial PDFs appear at the bottom of the left column in the
Maps layer selector, and KML and GeoJSON files appear in the bottom of the right
column.
Content packs can be imported via AirDrop, Mail, web browser, hyperlink, and cloud
document drive (DropBox, Box, S3). Once a content pack has been shared with the
device, a menu appears that lists all installed apps capable of importing the content
pack. Select ForeFlight from the list of installed apps.
After selecting ForeFlight, the app will automatically open and import the content pack.
Once the content pack is installed, a confirmation message will appear with options to
dismiss the message or view the content pack. Selecting View in the pop-up menu
displays the content pack in More > Custom Content.
Users can install the content pack to a device with ForeFlight installed by tapping or
long-pressing the link and selecting Open in ForeFlight. Opening the link with
ForeFlight adds the content pack as an available download. If Automatic Downloads
are enabled on the device, the content pack will automatically download.
To see this in action, long-press on this link using a device with ForeFlight installed
and tap Open in ForeFlight. You can also tap on the link and swipe down on the next
page (a 404 page) to find the Open in ForeFlight banner at the top of the page.
To import content packs using a cloud drive, add a folder named “contentpack” to the
cloud drive’s root ForeFlight folder.
• Dropbox: ~/Dropbox/Apps/ForeFlight/contentpack/
• Box: ~/Box Sync/ForeFlight/contentpack/
• Amazon S3: Add the “contentpack” subfolder to the drive used to import
ForeFlight documents.
• OneDrive: Add the “contentpack” subfolder to the drive used to import ForeFlight
documents.
If automatic content pack downloads are enabled and Automatic Downloads are
enabled on the device, content packs uploaded to the cloud drive will be automatically
installed on the device when connected to the internet.
If automatic content pack downloads are disabled, users are not required to download
content packs. Content packs uploaded to the cloud drive appear as available for
download in the Custom Content view but a badge is not depicted when new content
packs are available.
The old content pack is not removed if an updated content pack is installed with a
different name. If updating a content pack via a method other than integrated cloud
drive, ForeFlight does not automatically remove the old content pack.
A track log recording can be shared, viewed in other apps, and associated with
logbook entries. Recordings capture GPS position, altitude, and groundspeed data at a
rate of once per second and are less than 300 KB in size per hour. If connected to a
supported external AHRS device, Track Logs records the flight’s pitch and bank at the
same rate.
To access the Track Logs view, tap the Track Logs button in the navigation toolbar at
the bottom of the screen or select More > Track Logs. To configure how track logs are
recorded, tap More > Settings and scroll to the Track Log section.
The Maps view can display a button for manually recording track logs and a timer to
indicate when a track log is being recorded.
23.1 Design
The Track Logs view lists Track Log Summaries on the left, sorted by date. In portrait
mode, tap the Track Logs / Close button in the upper toolbar to show or hide the
summaries.
A search bar at the top of the list allows track logs to be filtered by departure,
destination, aircraft, or GPS data source.
The selected track log is highlighted in blue and is displayed on the interactive map
and graph to the right. Buttons along the perimeter serve the following functions:
Send To
Search Bar
Track Log
Recordings
3D
Selected
Track Log
Edit
Graph
When first opened, the flight path is centered on the map. The map is interactive and
responds to standard touch gestures. To recenter the map on the flight path after
panning or zooming, tap the Fit To Map button.
By default, the Graph is overlayed on the map. To hide the Graph and display a larger
map, tap the Graph Button.
If a Marked Position was created during the flight, it will appear on the map and can
be tapped to edit or review its details.
Flight Path
Fit To Map
Graph Button
Local Time
Speed Bank
Data Menu
If multiple GPS sources are available, Track Logs will use GPS data according to the
GPS priority logic. When recording a track log, the GPS source that is providing data
for the moving map is the same source that is being recorded to the track log.
• Wi-Fi only iPad: If recording a track log with a Wi-Fi only iPad, the track log will
stop two minutes after being closed as GPS data is no longer accessible.
• Cellular-Capable iPad or iPhone: If recording a track log with a cellular-
capable device, the track log will revert to use built-in GPS data after external
GPS data is no longer accessible.
IMPORTANT: If recording track logs with an external Wi-Fi GPS, ForeFlight should
remain open for the entirety of the flight. GPS data cannot be accessed via Wi-Fi
while ForeFlight is inactive.
NOTE: A change to the GPS source can result in erratic GPS data.
NOTE: Wi-Fi only iPads do not have built-in GPS and cannot use GPS data from a
hotspot-enabled iPhone.
Auto-Start Criteria
In order to detect a takeoff and start a track log, the following must be met:
• ForeFlight must remain open with available GPS data during the takeoff phase.
• Acceleration must be detected and groundspeed must exceed 60 knots.
NOTE: If ForeFlight is opened after takeoff, the auto-start feature will not work.
When started automatically, the track log start time reflects when ForeFlight was
opened prior to takeoff (up to 30 minutes). This time is intended to account for taxiing.
If the start (or end time) is incorrect as a result of using automatic recording, it can be
edited. See Trimming Track Logs for additional information.
IMPORTANT: If the Flight Timer is not active, ForeFlight is not recording a track log.
Flight Timer
When a track log recording is in progress, either from automatic or
manual initiation, the Flight Timer displayed on the Maps view shows
the duration of the current recording.
The timer is displayed in the lower left corner of the Maps view below
the Track Log REC (record) button.
Flight Timer
Auto-Stop Criteria
Track logs are automatically stopped 15 minutes after a landing is detected. This is
true for recordings that are started automatically or manually. A landing is defined as
the portion of flight where:
• groundspeed slows from above 60 knots to less than 40 knots, and;
• height AGL descends below 250 feet.
In addition to landing auto-stop, track logs also automatically stop when either of the
following conditions exists:
• ForeFlight is closed and no GPS data is received for 2 minutes, which is a
typical scenario when using a Wi-Fi only iPad and Wi-Fi based external GPS. In
such a case, GPS data from Wi-Fi cannot be accessed as ForeFlight is inactive.
• A landing is not detected and groundspeed is below 40 knots for two minutes.
NOTE: Once a track log has stopped, it cannot be manually resumed. Additionally,
track logs cannot be merged.
Auto-Stop Exceptions
If another takeoff is detected within 15 minutes of a landing, the track log is resumed.
This scenario is intended to account for touch-and-go and full-stop taxi back landings.
NOTE: To record multiple legs with stops exceeding 15 minutes as a single track log,
disable automatic recording and manually start and stop the track log.
Recording a flight with an FDR does not prohibit ForeFlight from recording a track log
or saving a breadcrumb. As such, the two operate independently and it’s possible to
record multiple track logs simultaneously for the same flight.
• Sentry Plus
• Stratus 2/2S/2i/3/3i
The flight data recorder automatically starts recording continuously when Sentry Plus is
powered on until it is powered off.
1. Open ForeFlight while connected to Sentry Plus and select More > Track Logs.
2. Tap the Import button in the upper toolbar.
3. Tap From Sentry Plus.
4. Tap the blue download button next to a track log to import it.
Available for
Import
Track logs that have already been imported to ForeFlight display a green checkmark.
Track logs that have not been imported display a blue download button and an import
file size. Sentry Plus track logs can be imported to multiple ForeFlight accounts.
NOTE: ForeFlight can record track logs independently of the Stratus Flight Data
Recorder. Importing flights from Stratus may results in duplicate track logs.
1. Insert the SD card with G1000 track logs into the reader.
2. Plug the reader into your iOS device’s Lighting or USB-C port.
3. Open ForeFlight Mobile and tap More > Track Logs.
4. Tap the Import button in the upper toolbar.
5. Tap From G1000 (CSV File).
6. Locate and choose the SD card using the iOS Files view.
7. Tap the Track Logs folder.
8. Select the track logs to import. SD Card Reader
Using a program that is compatible with CSV files (e.g., Microsoft Excel), the track log
can be edited according to the error report and an import can be reattempted.
Error Pop-up
If marked positions are dropped during a flight while a track log is in progress, those
marked positions are saved in the track log recording.
Likewise, if marked positions are dropped during a flight with a breadcrumb, and that
breadcrumb is converted to a track log, the track log recording will also include the
marked positions.
When a track log containing marked positions is exported as a KML or CSV file, the
file includes the marked positions and can be displayed in third-party apps.
The airplane icon, flight data, graph, and flight time are updated dynamically at 20
times (20x) the actual speed of the flight. With the exception of scrubbing, it is not
possible to animate track logs at a speed other than 20x.
Flight Data
Graphical
Indicator
Play / Pause
Button
Time Slider
To scrub the track log, drag the blue dot on the time slider left or right. Alternatively, tap
and hold a finger on the Graph. Without lifting your finger, slide it left or right.
If a track log is being animated and scrubbing is initiated, the animation will resume at
the point where your finger was lifted.
When zoomed in, not all portions of the flight are visible in the Graph. The portions of
the flight path that are not visible are changed to a thin, orange path on the map and
marked with Start/End points. To view the hidden portions, drag a finger left or right
across the Graph.
Not Displayed
in Graph End Point
Summary Section
The Summary section contains the following fields, many of which are editable.
• Name is an editable field that describes the track log. By default, the Name is
the Start and End point separated by hyphen.
• Tail Number is an editable field that is automatically populated using the
following logic:
• If ADS-B ownship is detected during the flight, the ownship aircraft is
assigned.
• If no ownship is detected, the track log’s start time is compared to planned
flights. If a flight with a similar estimated departure time is found, the
aircraft from the flight is assigned.
• If ownship is not detected and no flights are planned, the default aircraft
profile is assigned.
• Date is an automatically populated non-editable field based on the track log’s
start time.
• Start is the track log’s starting location and is automatically derived by
comparing the starting coordinates to nearby airports, seaports, and heliports. If
no airport, seaport, or heliport is nearby, the starting coordinates are displayed.
• End is the track log’s ending location and is automatically derived by comparing
the ending coordinates to nearby airports, seaports, and heliports. If no airport,
seaport, or heliport is nearby, the ending coordinates are displayed.
• Pilot Name is an optional, editable field for recording the name of the pilot. The
pilot name is not forwarded to associated logbook entries.
• Recorded On is a non-editable field that indicates the device that provided the
track log with GPS data when the track log was started (e.g., Sentry, Garmin
Connext, iPad).
• Imported From is a non-editable field that indicates if the track log was imported
from a flight data recorder (e.g., Sentry Plus, Stratus, or Garmin G1000).
Marked Positions
Marked Positions is an optional section that displays if
Marked Positions have been added during the flight.
Tap the Marked Positions listed in this section to view
its details or to make edits.
Notes
The Notes section shows an optional field for recording
comments. Notes are not forwarded to the Logbook if
the track log is associated with a logbook entry.
23.5.1 Design
The view consists of an interactive map, a flight path curtain, buttons for controlling the
view, and an interactive time slider. The view supports standard touch gestures, two
viewing modes, and is always centered on the airplane.
AHRS Button
The AHRS button in the upper toolbar is enabled by default and causes the airplane's
pitch and bank to reflect what was recorded in flight. When disabled, the 3D airplane
remains straight and level when the track log is animated.
Flight Details
Layer Selector
The Track Log 3D View can display airport and obstacle icons. Tap the Layer Selector
to toggle these layers on or off. Airport icons can be tapped to reveal the Airport
Sidebar. The Airport Sidebar in the Track Log 3D View is similar to the Sidebar
available on the Maps view.
Airport
Obstacle
Layer
Selector
Camera
Mode
Glance Mode
In first-person perspective, touch gestures enable Glance Mode, a zoomable, 360-
degree view from the perspective of the cockpit. Once Glance Mode is enabled, a
circular field of view indicator appears to show the camera orientation relative to the
aircraft's ground track and horizon.
Camera
Mode
Radial Timer
3D Review can be animated at 1, 3, 5, 10, or 20 times the actual speed by tapping the
current speed selection next to the Play / Pause button.
Time Slider
Trimming a track log is non-destructive. In other words, if you trim a track log, the data
is not deleted. If necessary, trimming can be undone by editing the track log and
restoring the trimmed portions. Track logs edited on one device are edited on all other
devices signed into the same account.
1. Select the track log to be edited and ensure the Graph is displayed.
2. Tap the Edit button. When in Edit Mode, the graph responds to standard touch
gestures.
3. In Edit Mode, perform one or more of the following:
• Tap and drag the blue bars to set new start and end points.
• Animate the track log. Tap the Start Here or End Here button as appropriate.
• Using the time slider, locate a start or end point. Tap the Start Here or End
Here button as appropriate.
• Tap and Hold the Graph. Drag your finger to locate a start or end point. Tap
the Start Here or End Here button as appropriate.
4. When the correct start and end points have been set, tap the Done button.
Edit / Done
Button
New End
Point
To record a flight with stops that exceed 15 minutes, pilots should disable the Track
Log Auto Start/Stop setting and manually start and stop their flights using the REC
button.
If multiple track logs are selected and some are associated with logbook entries and
others are not, a popup provides two options (see image below).
• Delete Unassociated Only deletes the track logs that are not associated with a
logbook entry.
• Delete All deletes all selected track logs.
WARNING: When a track log is deleted, it cannot be restored. Track logs deleted on
one device will be removed from the other devices on the account.
NOTE: Track logs cannot be shared in a format that will allow them to be imported to
another ForeFlight account.
23.9.1 Logbook
Sharing a track log with Logbook creates a new logbook entry with the track log info
fields (e.g., Total Time, Night Time, Time Out, Time In) automatically populated in the
Logbook. Additionally, the track log becomes associated with the Logbook entry and
can be accessed from the Logbook view. Editing a field that was automatically
populated by a track log (e.g., Total Time) does not edit the original track log.
When a track log is associated with a logbook entry, a Logbook Badge is displayed in
the track log summary. If the track log is associated with more than one logbook entry,
a number indicating the number of associations is displayed next to the badge.
23.9.2 Mail
There are two options when sharing a track log via Mail:
• KML file shares an attachment that can be opened with mapping apps, including
ForeFlight. For more information about KML files, see Custom Content.
• Web link shares a link to open the track log on ForeFlight Web. The track log
webpage can overlay the track log on the Aerial or Street Map. When viewing a
track log in ForeFlight Web, the download options in the upper toolbar allow the
track log to be downloaded as a KML or GPX file.
23.9.3 ForeFlight.com
Sharing a track log to ForeFlight.com opens the ForeFlight Web Track Log view using
the iOS device’s default web browser. The ForeFlight Track Log webpage can overlay
the track log on the Aerial or Street Map. The download options in the upper toolbar
allow the Track log to be downloaded as a KML or GPX file.
NOTE: Administrators of ForeFlight multi-pilot accounts have access to the track logs
of all child accounts when using ForeFlight Web.
• KML (Filtered) files graphically depict track logs. Track log recorded with a
Status Flight Data Recorder record five points per second. The KML (Filtered)
download filters the data to one point per second so that the file can be
displayed in common mapping files such as Google Earth. If the track log was
recorded with a device other than a Stratus Flight Data Recorder, only one point
per second is recorded and the file does not get filtered.
• KML (Full) files graphically depict track logs. With the exception of the Stratus
FDR, all track logs record one data point per second. If the track log was
recorded with a Stratus Flight Data Recorder, the KML (Full) file will include
higher-resolution five points per second data.
• GPX is a widely used file format used to store and share GPS data. Many GPS-
enabled devices and apps such as Google Maps can read GPX files.
• CSV is a text file with data points separated by commas. Spreadsheet programs,
e.g., Microsoft Excel, can open this file type. A CSV file is useful for analyzing
track log data. For additional information, see this support article.
Data from connected devices is used to display your position on the map, show
weather and traffic without an internet connection, and to transfer flight plans between
supported navigators. ForeFlight Connect is included with all subscriptions and is
intended to be used in flight.
ADS-B
Attitude Pressure Weather SiriusXM
uAvionix GPS (AHRS) Altitude + Traffic Weather FDR FLARM
Sentry Mini
Sentry
Sentry Plus
SkyEcho 2
Garmin
GDL 39
GDL 39 3D
GDL 50
GDL 51
GDL 52
GLO
Appareo
Stratus 2S
Stratus 3
Bad Elf
GPS Pro
GPS Pro +
Lightning
Dual
XGPS 150
XGPS 160
XGPS 170
XGPS 190
GTX 345
GNX 375
GPS 175
GNC355
G3X Touch NOTE 1
ADS-B
Attitude Pressure Weather + Flight Plan
Garmin GPS (AHRS) Altitude Traffic Transfer
with G3000
with G5000
GDL 60
with GDL 88
with GTN 650Xi / 750Xi
with G500TXi / G600TXi
with G3000
ADS-B
Attitude Pressure Weather + Flight Plan
Appareo GPS (AHRS) Altitude Traffic Transfer
ESG / ESGi 1
Avidyne
IFD 440 / 540 2
IFD 550*
Dynon
Skyview 3
FreeFlight
Rangr
L3 Harris
Lynx
NGT-2000/2500/9000
uAvionix
echoUAT
SkySensor
1 Appareo ESG and ESGi require a Stratus 2, 2S, or 3 for attitude (AHRS).
2Weather and traffic requires firmware 10.2.3.1 or later and a compatible ADS-B receiver.
—See Avidyne Remote Wi-Fi Pairing for additional information.
3 Weather and traffic requires firmware version 15.4.7 and higher.
ADS-B
Attitude Pressure Weather + SiriusXM Flight Plan
Baron GPS (AHRS) Altitude Traffic Weather Transfer
WxWorx XM Receiver
DAC International
GDC64
Gogo
gogo ATG 4
gogo AVANCE 4
Golze Engineering
Weather
ADL 140 / 150B 5 Only
4Gogo customers must have one of the following systems: AVANCE L5, AVANCE L3, ATG
5000/4000/2000/1000 w/CTR, SCS Elite w/ATG, SCS Media w/ATG
5 Golze uses weather downloaded via Iridium or LTE.
ADS-B
Attitude Pressure Weather + SiriusXM Flight Plan
Honeywell 7 GPS (AHRS) Altitude Traffic Weather Transfer
Apex FMS
with Aspen CG
Aircraft Data Gateway 8
Satcom Direct
Satcom Direct SDR 9
8 Honeywell Aircraft Data Gateway requires SSL certificate and a unique profile
installed per device to access the network. Contact Honeywell for SSL certificate and
profile information.
9 All customers can connect to Satcom Direct Router or SDR Gateway to receive
internet data in ForeFlight. Performance Plus and Business Performance customers
can also receive SDR GPS, indicated altitude, and pressure altitude data.
Devices that use the GDL 90 interface to connect to ForeFlight are not supported by
the Pilot Support Team. For additional information, visit foreflight.com/connect/spec.
Once ForeFlight has connected to an external device (via Wi-Fi or Bluetooth) it can
display the device’s data (e.g., GPS, Attitude, Weather, and Traffic) in-app.
1. Power the device on and verify it is transmitting a Wi-Fi signal. Most devices
automatically transmit a Wi-Fi signal when powered on.
2. Open the iPad or iPhone’s Settings app and select Wi-Fi.
3. Locate and tap the Wi-Fi device (e.g., Sentry, Stratus, gogo, or SDR).
4. Ensure the device connects to your iPad
or iPhone. A checkmark is displayed to
the left of the device’s name when
connected.
5. Open ForeFlight Mobile and select More
> Devices. If a tile is present for the
device, it has successfully paired with
ForeFlight and can display data from the
device in-app.
6. Tap the Device Tile to view additional
information. iOS Wi-Fi Settings
NOTE: The Local Network setting must also be enabled when using a device with
iOS 14 or later. See the next page for additional information.
Unlike Wi-Fi, most Bluetooth devices do not pair automatically when powered on. If the
Bluetooth device does not automatically pair when powered on, it may be necessary to
select it from your list of Bluetooth devices.
NOTE: When pairing to a device for the first time or if the device does not appear in
your list of Bluetooth devices, it may be necessary to manually enable the device’s
Bluetooth pairing mode. Instructions for enabling Bluetooth pairing vary by device.
Refer to your Bluetooth device’s manual for additional instructions.
There isn’t a practical limit for the number of Garmin avionics ForeFlight can connect
to. For example, if you have a GTX-345 transponder it is limited to two device pairings.
However, your iPad can simultaneously connect to a GTX-345, GDL52, and GNC355.
If a device is not wired to a Flight Stream, you must pair directly to it. When paired to a
Flight Stream, information about the devices that are wired to it are listed on the
Garmin Connext Information page.
When receiving ADS-B and SiriusXM data, unique map layers exist for radar,
turbulence, icing, and clouds allowing you to select a particular data type (e.g., Radar
ADSB).
NOTE: If connected to a device that normally provides a type of data (e.g., Attitude,
GPS, or Barometric Pressure), ForeFlight will not automatically revert to the next
source should that data type be unavailable. For example, if connected to both a
GTX-345 transponder and Sentry and the GTX-345 is not providing attitude data,
ForeFlight will not automatically revert to use the attitude data from Sentry. In this
scenario, ForeFlight’s Attitude Indicator would display No Attitude Data unless the
Use As AHRS setting was disabled for the GTX-345. See the next page for additional
information.
GPS and AHRS use the same multi-device connection logic as barometric data but can
be manually selected by disabling sources of higher priority.
For example, if connected to a transponder that provides GPS data, the transponder’s
GPS data is used by default since it is an installed device. However, if the
transponder's GPS is inoperative, ForeFlight will not be able to display GPS data.
To resolve this issue, the use of the transponder’s GPS data should be disabled. To
disable a GPS data source:
1. Go to More > Devices and tap the Device Tile of the source to be disabled.
2. Scroll to the device settings at the bottom of the view.
3. Toggle Use as GPS off.
Similarly, if the transponder normally provides AHRS data, ForeFlight will use it for the
Attitude Indicator. However, if the transponder's AHRS is inoperative, ForeFlight will
not be able to display pitch and bank data.
To resolve this issue, the use of the transponder’s AHRS data should be disabled. To
disable an AHRS data source:
1. Go to More > Devices and tap the Device Tile of the source to be disabled.
2. Scroll to the device settings at the bottom of the view.
3. Toggle Use as AHRS off.
In the above examples, once the GPS or AHRS source is disabled, ForeFlight will use
the data from the next source.
NOTE: SDR supplies latitude, longitude, and groundspeed data. GPS altitude and
track data delivery are dependent on the router’s firmware.
If the installed device does not provide one of the data types, for example, attitude
data, the Attitude Indicator in ForeFlight will not automatically revert to using the
portable device. To display attitude data from the portable device, you must either
disable the Use as AHRS setting or disconnect from the installed device.
For detailed setup instructions, see the appropriate IFD 440/540/550 manual or this
support article. Abbreviated IFD 440/540/550 setup instructions can be found below:
Bluetooth GPS devices such as the Bad Elf GPS Pro, DUAL XGPS 150, and Garmin
GLO indicate their connection status, but no additional information is displayed.
The Device Information view is grouped into sections. Each section only appears if the
device provides that type of information (e.g., ADS-B and SiriusXM data). Device
Settings are discussed later in this chapter.
When connected to Garmin devices, the view lists each connected device. When
multiple Garmin devices can provide the same data (e.g., GPS or attitude), the data
source being used by ForeFlight is listed in the Sources section. In this scenario, it is
not possible to manually select a different data source.
When connected to a device that supports flight plan transfer, the route row displays
the route currently loaded in the navigator. Tap the route to load it into the route editor.
The capabilities row displays the cumulative capabilities of all connected devices.
Status
Connected Device
Information
Sources
Capabilities
• General NOTAMs are displayed once NOTAM data has been received by the
ADS-B receiver (may take up to ten minutes). The row displays the NOTAM
count and can be tapped to display FIS-B textual NOTAMs.
• Local Radar Update indicates the last time Regional NEXRAD data was
received.
• National Radar Update indicates the last time CONUS NEXRAD data was
received.
• Radar Frames indicate how many radar frames have been received.
• Cloud Tops Update indicates the last time Cloud Top data was received.
• Icing Update indicates the last time Icing data was received.
• Lightning Update depicts the last time Lightning data was received.
• Turbulence Update depicts the last time Turbulence data was received.
• Text Update indicates when METAR and TAF data was last received.
• Text Report Count indicates the amount of individual METAR and TAF reports.
• Signal Status represents the number of ADS-B towers that are being received.
This information is also displayed in the upper left corner of the Map when a
dynamic map layer is selected.
Universal Settings
The following settings are universal and appear when connected to any device
equipped with the corresponding feature.
• Use As GPS allows ForeFlight to receive GPS data from the connected device.
When disabled, ForeFlight ignores the GPS data and uses the next source
according to GPS source logic (if available). If no alternative GPS source is
available, ForeFlight will not show your aircraft’s position on the map.
• Use As AHRS allows ForeFlight to receive the device’s pitch and bank data and
is enabled by default. When disabled, ForeFlight ignores the AHRS data from the
external device and uses the next source according to AHRS source logic (if
available). If no alternative AHRS source is available, ForeFlight will not show
your aircraft’s pitch and bank.
• Cabin is Pressurized should be selected when flying with a device inside a
pressurized cabin. When this setting is enabled, the Pressure Altitude
instrument is disabled and the barometric data from the device is used to power
the Cabin Pressure instrument. When disabled, the Pressure Altitude and Cabin
Pressure instruments display the same (uncorrected) value.
• Show ADSB Towers displays towers which ForeFlight is receiving data from on
the map.
• Logging records the data sent from the device for troubleshooting purposes.
This setting should only be enabled when requested by the Pilot Support Team.
Device logging can degrade performance and is disabled by default. When
connected to an SiriusXM device, the setting is labeled “Stream Logging”.
Garmin Settings
When connected to certain Garmin devices, additional settings allow you to specify the
barometric data source. There are three potential settings:
The Reset AHRS button sends a message to the Flight Stream 210 to reset the pitch
and bank values to zero. When this message is received, the device’s pitch and bank
values are reset to zero and reflected on any display that uses the AHRS data. For
additional information, see Calibrating AHRS.
CAUTION: Do not press the Reset AHRS button unless the aircraft’s pitch and bank
are level.
SXAR1 Settings
There are two unique SXAR1 settings:
• Dim LEDs turn ON to dim the SXAR1’s status lights, which helps preserve
battery life and reduces brightness when flying at night.
• Background Data Connection sends updated weather data to ForeFlight even
when it is in the background. We recommend leaving this ON, because turning it
OFF can result in the loss of Bluetooth connection to SXAR1 if ForeFlight is kept
in the background.
• Turn on When Plugged In will turn Stratus on when power is provided over a
USB cable and turn off after two minutes when power is removed and speed is
less than five knots.
• Wi-Fi Settings implements security for the Stratus local network. Disabling the
SSID broadcast hides the Stratus network name from devices that have not
already joined the network.
CAUTION: WPA2 security should not be enabled when using ForeFlight as the Wi-Fi
connection can become unreliable.
• Ignore Mfg. AHRS Settings reinitializes Stratus AHRS every time the unit is
powered on. This setting should remain disabled unless Stratus has been
dropped or has been subjected to large temperature variations.
• Save AHRS Calibration stores manual AHRS calibration data between power
cycles. This setting is useful for aircraft that cannot be calibrated on the ground
due to not sitting level. If this setting is enabled, Stratus should not be moved
between power cycles. If Stratus is moved, it may need to be recalibrated.
• Power-Saving Mode reduces the Wi-Fi transmission power to increase battery
life.
• Auto Shutoff Mode (Stratus 3 only) turns off Stratus after groundspeed is less
than five knots for 30 minutes or if no GPS data is received for 30 minutes after
being powered on.
• Cabin is Pressurized (Stratus 3 and 2S) should be selected when flying with a
device inside a pressurized cabin. When this setting is enabled, the Pressure
Altitude Instrument is disabled and the barometric data from the device is used
to power the Cabin Pressure Instrument. When disabled, the Pressure Altitude
and Cabin Pressure instruments display the same (uncorrected) value.
• LED Brightness is used to adjust the brightness of the Stratus LEDs.
• Flight Data Recorder is discussed in the Track Logs chapter.
NOTE: To perform a factory reset, hold the Stratus power button for 30 seconds. A
factory reset disables WPA2 security and enables the device SSID broadcast.
To clear the routes, tap the CG100P/GC200P Device Tile, then tap Delete stored
flight plans.
Deleting stored flight plans will clear ALL routes that have been sent to the Connected
Gateway.
24.5 GPS
ForeFlight can only display GPS position and altitude data from a single source at a
time. The source of GPS data is used across all aspects of the app, including:
Accuracy
Instrument
NOTE: Lynx reports GPS accuracy as a range (e.g., between 10 and 30 meters).
ForeFlight displays the highest value within the reported range (30m).
NOTE: When GPS data is being sent from Satcom Direct to ForeFlight, the Accuracy
instrument will show “Accuracy (A429)”.
If using an external GPS, the Location Services permission settings do not apply.
All ForeFlight Mobile subscriptions can display attitude information when connected to
a supported AHRS device. It’s important to note, the Attitude Indicator only displays
pitch and bank data provided by the source.
The process for calibrating AHRS varies by device type and can be done as often as
necessary. There are three unique calibration methods:
• (Source) AHRS can be calibrated at the source using the device's interface. This
method is used by most installed avionics and should be the first step when
calibrating AHRS. See Calibrating the Source for additional information.
• (ForeFlight) AHRS can be calibrated after being received by ForeFlight. This
method is supported by all portable devices and some installed avionics. See
Calibrating with ForeFlight for additional information.
• (Reset) ARHS - The Flight Stream 210 supports a remote Reset AHRS
message. See Resetting AHRS with ForeFlight for additional information.
The table on the next page list supported AHRS calibration methods per device.
Sentry
Sentry Plus
Garmin
GDL 39 3D
GDL 50
GDL 52
GTX 345
GNX 375
GPS 175
G3X Touch
Flight Stream 210
Flight Stream 510
Appareo
Stratus
Dual
XGPS 190
Avidyne
IFD 550
Dynon
Skyview
Golze
ADL 180/190/200
If using a device for the first time or troubleshooting an AHRS issue, the first step
should be to ensure the device is accurately calibrated. Pilots may be able to calibrate
an installed device’s AHRS using the device interface. This generally involves setting
the aircraft’s current pitch and bank through the use of various menus. Refer to your
device’s documentation for additional information.
IMPORTANT: AHRS must be calibrated at the source before pitch and bank data can
be broadcast to ForeFlight.
NOTE: The Avidyne IFD 500 and Dynon SkyView can only be calibrated with their
interface. The Garmin GTX345 will only transmit AHRS data after the unit has been
calibrated using the device interface.
The reset message is delivered with the Reset AHRS button found at the bottom of the
Device Information page. When this message is received, the device’s pitch and bank
are reset to zero and reflected on any integrated or portable display that uses the
AHRS data.
CAUTION: Do not press the Reset AHRS button unless the aircraft’s pitch and bank
is level.
To access the Auto Zero Pitch & Bank setting, select the Maps view and display the
Attitude Indicator. Tap the AHRS settings (gear) button in the lower-left corner of the
display. Toggle the Auto Zero Pitch & Bank setting on or off as needed.
1. Ensure installed avionics are calibrated using their interface (if applicable).
2. In ForeFlight Mobile, open the Maps view.
3. Tap the Attitude Indicator button to display its view.
4. Tap the AHRS (gear) Settings button to reveal calibration options.
a. If the Zero Pitch & Bank button is displayed, tap it to set the reference point.
b. If an AHRS setup menu is displayed, tap Calibrate AHRS, then tap Zero
Pitch & Bank. If applicable, tap the arrows to make minor adjustments to the
device’s pitch and bank wings level reference point.
5. Tap Done (or Save).
Done Button
AHRS Settings
The aircraft you fly does not need to be ADS-B Out equipped to receive traffic
information. However, if you’re not equipped, ForeFlight may show fewer traffic targets
and significant relative altitude discrepancies. See ADS-B Ownship and Traffic
Information Service Broadcast (TIS-B) for additional information.
CAUTION: You should consider any ADS-B traffic target within 500’ vertically as
potentially being at the same altitude as your aircraft.
1090 MHz
ADS-B Out
978 MHz
ADS-B Out
Traffic Targets
Up and down arrows next to a traffic target indicate that the traffic is climbing or
descending greater than 500 feet per minute (relative to your altitude).
Traffic Cautions are issued for targets that are less than 45 seconds from being
within 2.0 nm and +/- 1,200’ of your position. When a caution is issued, the
target’s icon is highlighted YELLOW .
Traffic Warnings are issued for targets that are less than 25 seconds from being
within 1.3 nm and +/- 1,200’ of your position. When a warning is issued, the
target’s icon is highlighted RED , and a Traffic Alert is activated if the setting is
enabled.
Traffic targets remain highlighted for 15 seconds after they no longer exceed the
thresholds.
As traffic moves more than 11 nm away from you, the traffic target fades out of view.
Traffic moving closer to you grows in size. Tapping on a traffic target in Synthetic
Vision does not display a traffic information pop-up.
The Hide Distant Traffic setting is only available when connected to an ADS-B receiver
and hides traffic that is more than 15 nm or more than 3,500 feet above or below your
position. To enable this setting:
To remove all traffic from the map, deselect the Traffic layer from the map layer menu.
Map Settings
Traffic
Layer
Hide Distant
Traffic Label
NOTE: The Hide Distant Traffic setting does not affect traffic alerts.
Client aircraft
The TIS-B broadcast provides a more complete picture of the traffic around you. ADS-B
Out equipped aircraft (also referred to as client aircraft) benefit the most from the TIS-
B broadcast.
In other words, the aircraft you fly does not need to be ADS-B Out equipped to receive
TIS-B traffic. However, TIS-B traffic will only be included in the broadcast and thus
displayed in ForeFlight if the traffic target operates within 15 nm and 3,500 feet of an
ADS-B Out equipped client aircraft.
When a traffic target is tapped, a pop-up displays information about the target to
include whether the target originated from an air-to-air or TIS-B broadcast.
1090 MHz ADS-B Traffic Pop-up 978 MHz TIS-B Traffic Pop-up
NOTE: Garmin receivers do not indicate which frequency traffic was detected on.
• N123AA is a Mode C (non-ADS-B Out equipped) traffic target. This traffic target
is included in the TIS-B broadcast because it is within 15 nm and 3,500’ of a
client aircraft. Any aircraft receiving the TIS-B broadcast (including non ADS-B
Out equipped aircraft) will receive the N123AA target for display in ForeFlight.
• N987ZZ is a Mode C (non-ADS-B Out equipped) traffic target. This traffic target
is not available for display in ForeFlight because it is outside the TIS-B client
proximity requirement. This traffic target will not be displayed in ForeFlight
unless it were to enter the proximity requirements of any client aircraft.
• N567BB and SWA3007 are air-to-air ADS-B traffic targets that can be received
directly and are available for display in ForeFlight. These traffic targets are not
included in the TIS-B broadcast because they are ADS-B Out equipped aircraft.
N987ZZ 15 nm
(Mode C)
+/- 3500’
N123AA ADS-B Out
N567BB (Mode C) Client Aircraft
978 MHz
SWA3007
1090 MHz
Determining Ownship
To determine ownship, ForeFlight compares the location and movement of nearby
traffic targets to your location and movement. If a traffic target’s movement closely
matches yours, ForeFlight recognizes the signal is coming from your aircraft and
assigns Ownship status.
NOTE: To determine ownship, your ADS-B receiver must be able to detect your
aircraft’s traffic broadcast (transponder).
Benefits of Ownship
There are a number of benefits to a successful Ownship assignment:
• Your traffic target is removed from the map (eliminating false traffic targets).
• Information from your aircraft’s transponder is automatically incorporated into
other aspects of ForeFlight (e.g., your tail number is automatically assigned in
Track Logs).
• Pressure altitude from the transponder is used for altitude comparison. When
ownship is not detected and pressure altitude data is unavailable, ForeFlight
compares your GPS altitude with the pressure altitude of nearby traffic.
Checking Ownship Status
To determine if Ownship status has been assigned:
1. Select More > Devices and tap the ADS-B Device Tile.
2. Scroll to the Traffic section and reference the Ownship field.
3. If an aircraft is listed, ownship status is assigned. Tap the aircraft to display the
information from your aircraft's transponder.
False traffic alerts are most likely to occur with rapid maneuvering or poor GPS
accuracy. Once position data matches, ownship can be established and false traffic
targets will cease.
If ownship is not assigned over the course of an entire flight, this may indicate airframe
interference, an issue with the aircraft’s configuration, or an issue with the
transponder’s position reporting.
After a short period of time, ForeFlight will recognize the TIS-B target is your aircraft
and will assign it ownship status. Once assigned, the TIS-B target will be suppressed.
If ForeFlight is unable to determine ownship and your TIS-B target is detected, there is
no way to remove your TIS-B target from the map other than by turning off the Traffic
layer.
Each type of tower tier (surface, low, medium, and high altitude) offer a range of
products with varying coverage areas (see the table in this chapter for additional
details). Approximately two-thirds of towers in the United States are low-altitude tier
towers.
Each tower type has a defined look-ahead range for the products it broadcasts. The
look-ahead range specifies the coverage area for the broadcasted data. For example, a
low-altitude tower broadcasts METARs for airports within 250 nm of the tower. Thus,
the METAR look-ahead range for low-altitude towers is 250 nm.
Towers are depicted on the map near their exact location. Tower latitude, longitude,
and type are shown next to the tower icon. Tapping an ADS-B tower icon does not
provide any additional information.
Refer to the table below to determine weather product availability and broadcast range.
Timestamp
A color-coded timestamp depicts the age of the oldest active map layer. The
timestamp's color changes based on when the map layer was updated and how often
the data is refreshed.
ADS-B Replay automatically sends saved data to ForeFlight when you reopen the app
after sleeping the device or switching from another app. ADS-B Replay reduces the
amount of time required to view ADS-B weather information. You can check Replay
status on the Device Information page.
ADS-B Replay
NOTE: Radar and Radar (ADS-B) are two separate map layers. Radar is available
with an internet connection and is not available when connected to a Wi-Fi ADS-B
receiver.
ADS-B Radar consists of two types of data (CONUS and Regional). Both types
automatically display when the Radar (ADS-B) map layer is selected.
CONUS NEXRAD
CONUS radar is a low-resolution composite radar picture for the continental United
States. This data is available from medium and high-altitude FIS-B towers. CONUS
NEXRAD data is updated every 15 minutes. ForeFlight checks for new data every 5
minutes.
Regional NEXRAD
Regional radar is a higher-resolution composite radar picture broadcast by all tower
tiers. Regional NEXRAD data is only available for the areas within 150 - 250 nm from
the towers you’re receiving data from. On clear days when there are no radar returns,
Regional NEXRAD is updated every 10 minutes. Otherwise, Regional NEXRAD is
updated every 2 minutes.
1. Open the Map Settings (gear button in the Maps upper toolbar).
2. Select your ADS-B receiver (near the bottom of the menu).
3. Reference the Radar Frames field.
Cloud tops are a forecast map layer from the National Weather Service (NWS) and is
derived from satellite temperature sensors using the High-Resolution Rapid Refresh
(HRRR) model. The Cloud Tops forecast is generated every hour and transmitted over
ADS-B every 15 minutes.
To view Cloud Tops, select Cloud Tops (ADS-B) from the map layer menu and use the
altitude slider on the right side of the map to filter clouds with tops below the selected
altitude.
Forecast Cloud Tops that exist at or above the selected altitude are depicted on the
map according to the color-coded scale. Each color represents an MSL altitude in
3,000-foot increments. Tap Auto at the top of the altitude slider to automatically display
cloud tops at and above your current GPS altitude.
ADS-B Icing
ADS-B Turbulence
If there are multiple freezing levels for a region, a shaded polygon is displayed on the
map. Tap the polygon to display additional details. Freezing level forecasts are
generated every three hours and automatically updated in ForeFlight.
AIRMETs, SIGMETs, and CWA forecasts are generated every six hours. ForeFlight
checks for updated data every five minutes. The time slider at the bottom of the map
can be used to view future forecast periods.
PIREPs are displayed graphically on the map when the PIREPs layer is active. Tap a
PIREP to display the coded and decoded PIREP text. The age of the PIREP is
displayed at the top of the PIREP menu alongside the source (ADS-B).
(ADS-B)
ADS-B PIREPs
Icon Meaning
Lighting data is transmitted over FIS-B with a 150 to 250 nm look-ahead range. Tap a
lightning icon to reveal the number of strikes within the given radius.
ADS-B Lightning
NOTE: Baron Mobile Link ADS-B Lightning requires firmware version 2.0 or higher.
SUA status is broadcast over the ADS-B NOTAM-D feed and displayed textually in
ForeFlight. SUA status delivered via ADS-B is only available by selecting More >
Devices > Device Tile > General NOTAMs. SUA NOTAMs have a 100 nm look ahead
and are refreshed automatically in ForeFlight every ten minutes.
NOTE: NOTAMs delivered over ADS-B are not depicted graphically on the map. If
NOTAMs are viewed prior to flight, they may be saved to your device’s temporary
(cache) storage and be visible on the map during the flight. For best results,
ForeFlight recommends Packing before flight.
ADS-B NOTAMs have a 100 nm look-ahead range and are updated every ten minutes.
The ADS-B NOTAM feed includes two NOTAM types:
TFRs within 8 hours of becoming active are red. Published TFRs that are more than 8
hours from becoming active are yellow. Tap the TFR shape to reveal the raw text
associated with the FDC NOTAM.
Stadium TFRs
Individual sporting event TFRs (FDC NOTAM 0/0367) are not broadcast over ADS-B.
As a result, stadium TFRs must be Packed to be displayed in flight.
WARNING: Information obtained solely via ADS-B should not be regarded as a thorough
preflight briefing. NOTAMs that are not TFRs are not displayed graphically when the only
data source is ADS-B.
To view Winds & Temperatures Aloft, tap an airport icon on the map or display an
airport in the Airports view, and then tap Weather > Winds.
NOTE: ForeFlight does not support SiriusXM weather via a Garmin Flight Stream.
NOTE: The XM Base layer, storm cell attributes, echo tops, and storm track are not
supported with the WxWorx Baron Mobile Link.
Storm Cell attributes automatically update with the latest radar frame and cannot be
animated. See the image below for additional information.
2 1
1. Storm Tracks - A thin black line representing the projected 60-minute path of a
storm. Dots are depicted at 20 and 40-minute intervals. If a storm cell also
contains hazardous weather (e.g., hail), the track is colored to match the hazard.
2. Echo Tops - A small grey box with a three-digit value representing the height of
a storm (in hundreds of feet). For example, a storm with an echo top of 400
equates to 40,000 ft or FL400.
3. Hail - A blue box indicative of a storm containing hail (co-located with the storm’s
echo top).
4. Mesocyclonic - A red box indicative of a storm consisting of rising, rotating air
(co-located with the storm’s echo top).
SiriusXM METARs can be viewed using the same techniques as when connected to the
internet. When viewing a SiriusXM METAR, a SiriusXM label is displayed next to the
METAR’s timestamp.
SiriusXM METAR
NOTE: If receiving SiriusXM and ADS-B METAR data, the latest METAR data will be
displayed regardless of source.
ForeFlight checks for updated TAFs when the information is first displayed and
automatically every five minutes after that. Due to the TAF update frequency, it’s not
uncommon to see TAF timestamps that are six hours old.
Coverage Area
SiriusXM TAFs are available for North America,
Central America, and the northern portions of South
America.
SiriusXM TAF
NOTE: If receiving SiriusXM and ADS-B TAF data, the latest TAF will be displayed
regardless of source.
TFRs are yellow until 8 hours before their scheduled start time. Within 8 hours of a
TFR being active, it is shown in Red until the end of the TFR.
SiriusXM TFRs
AIRMET, SIGMET, and CWA forecasts are generated every six hours. ForeFlight
checks for updated data every five minutes. The time slider at the bottom of the map
can be used to view future forecast periods.
SiriusXM Turbulence
Icing severity is displayed using a three-color scale representing light, moderate, and
heavy icing. Supercooled Large Droplets are depicted with red dots. SiriusXM Icing
data is updated every fifteen minutes and covers from 16 degrees north latitude to 54
degrees north and 139 degrees west to 58 degrees west.
SiriusXM Icing
PIREPs are issued by pilots as needed and are automatically refreshed in ForeFlight
every fifteen minutes. The age of the PIREP is displayed at the top of the PIREP menu
alongside the source (SiriusXM). SiriusXM PIREPs cover 5º north latitude to 62º north
and 50º west longitude to 160º west.
SiriusXM PIREPs
Icon Meaning
Select Cloud Tops from the map layer menu and use the altitude slider on the right
side of the map to filter clouds with tops below the selected altitude.
Forecast Cloud Tops that exist at or above the selected altitude are depicted on the
map according to the color-coded scale. Each color represents an MSL altitude in
5,000-foot increments. Tap Auto at the top of the altitude slider to automatically display
cloud tops at and above your current GPS altitude. SiriusXM Cloud Tops are available
from the surface to FL400 in 5,000 foot increments (excluding FL350).
The wind data is generated from weather models that predict surface winds and is not
tied to specific weather stations. The map layer dynamically adjusts and filters weaker
winds as the map is zoomed out. As the map is zoomed in, wind information is included
for approximately every 10 miles. Tap a wind icon to display its details in the sidebar.
Visibility (mi)
0 statute mi
0.25 statute mi
0.5 statute mi
0.75 statute mi
1.0 statute mi
1.5 statute mi
2 statute mi
3 statute mi
4 statute mi
5 statute mi
6 statute mi
7 statute mi
8 statute mi
9 statute mi
10 statute mi
IMPORTANT: SiriusXM satellite radio does not play directly through the iPad or
iPhone speaker (or headphone jack). You must connect a Bluetooth audio device.
To change the channel, tap Category > Channel. Alternatively, type the Channel
number or name (full or partial) in the Tune or Search box. A vertical scroll bar shows
when there are more Channels or Categories than can be shown, and a blue speaker
icon shows in the currently-playing Category and Channel.
NOTE: Honeywell devices does not support departure, arrival, or approach procedure
transfers. Airways are broken into their individual route elements when transferred.
Performance data (winds, temps, weight, and fuel) can be transferred to Honeywell
devices from the Flights view.
NOTE: After sending a route, it may be necessary to manually load the route into the
navigator. Refer to your navigator’s manual for additional information.
When Auto-Receive Panel Flight Plans is enabled, planning a new route with your
navigator results in a ForeFlight Mobile prompt. The Prompt allows you to ignore or
load the new route into ForeFlight.
Panel Button
24.12 FLARM
FLARM is a collision avoidance technology popular in the glider pilot community
(particularly in Europe). FLARM operates on different frequencies in different regions
of the world.
To enable FLARM traffic in ForeFlight Mobile, you must purchase a FLARM decoding
license. A FLARM decoding license is associated with your ForeFlight account and can
be purchased at foreflight.com/buy.
FLARM traffic targets can be viewed on the map with the Traffic layer enabled while
connected to a supported device. If the connected FLARM receiver is also capable of
detecting ADS-B traffic, ForeFlight will simultaneously display both types of traffic.
There are no indications that you’re receiving FLARM traffic other than the traffic pop-
up which displays (FLARM) as the traffic source when applicable.
The next time your iPad connects to the Internet after this tile is displayed, your
ForeFlight Mobile app will notify the ForeFlight servers and you’ll receive a
personalized email with instructions for adding the FLARM decoding license to your
ForeFlight subscription.
After you’ve added the FLARM decoding license to your ForeFlight subscription, the
next time you open the app while connected to the SkyEcho 2 you’ll see the updated
tile. Tap the SkyEcho 2 Device Tile to see details about the SkyEcho 2 device and the
data being received.
IMPORTANT: To ensure visual, audible, and tactile alerts are received, ForeFlight
should be open and active on the device screen.
Visual Alerts
By default, alerts display as a banner near the top of
the device screen. Tap the banner to dismiss it
immediately. Most alert banners disappear on their
own after a short time.
Audible Alerts
Audible alerts are optional messages that play
alongside a visual alert and convey the same
information. Once enabled, they play through your
device speakers or a paired Bluetooth headset.
Tactile Alerts
If you enable audible alerts, ForeFlight also triggers
tactile vibrations in any device with that capability
(like most iPhones) as soon as an alert is triggered.
Alerts Menu
NOTE: When setting the volume of audible alerts, it’s helpful to toggle Speak
All Alerts on and off repeatedly. This plays audio messages that you can use
to fine-tune the volume on your device.
Requirements
500’ AGL Alerts will only trigger once every 60 seconds and are automatically disabled
if your groundspeed is less than 40 knots.
Requirements
For this alert to trigger, your iPad/iPhone must be equipped with a barometric pressure
sensor or be connected to an external device that provides that capability (such as a
Sentry or Garmin Flight Stream 210).
Alert Behavior
This alert triggers when cabin pressure altitude exceeds 12,000 ft MSL, and again
when it exceeds 25,000 ft MSL. The alert triggers no more than once every 30 minutes
for each cabin pressure altitude.
Requirements
For this alert to function, ForeFlight Mobile must be
active on the device screen, the aircraft must be
moving at less than 40 knots, and runway data must be
available for the airport.
Alert Behavior
Runway Proximity Alerts can convey one of four
message types depending on your proximity to the
runway. The following examples are written using a
Runway Proximity Alert
hypothetical runway 04-22:
• Approaching runway 22: Notifies you when you are nearing one end of the
runway and expected to enter the runway environment.
• Entered runway 22, 4,500’ remaining: Notifies you when you have crossed
onto one end of the runway. ForeFlight predicts which end of the runway you will
use to take off and provides runway distance remaining rounded to the nearest
hundreds of feet.
• Approaching runway 04-22: Notifies you when you are nearing the midpoint of
a runway and expected to enter the runway environment.
• Entered runway 04-22: Notifies you when you have crossed onto the runway
near its midpoint. Runway length remaining is omitted because it’s unclear which
runway you will use to take off.
NOTE: You may receive an alert on takeoff if you cross a different runway before
reaching 40 knots during the takeoff roll, or on landing if you cross a different runway
while rolling out.
Runway Proximity Alerts are not provided for your landing runway when landing; you
have to taxi onto or near a runway to get an alert.
Requirements
For this alert to trigger, you must be descending
toward a runway and your track must be within
15 degrees of the runway heading. The
destination airport does not need to be included
in your route for the runway final approach alert
to play.
Alert Behavior
This alert is only activated once every 10
minutes.
Runway Final Approach Alert
Requirements
To trigger this alert, your groundspeed must be above 40 knots and you must maintain
a given sink rate (see below) for at least five seconds. Once triggered, this alert will not
trigger again for 30 seconds.
Alert Behavior
The descent rate necessary to trigger this alert varies according to your height above
the ground. Sink Rate Alerts trigger sooner at lower altitudes.
• Above 2,500 ft AGL (or when AGL is not known), the alert is triggered if your
descent rate exceeds 3,500 ft per minute.
• Between 2,500 ft AGL and 500 ft AGL the descent rate required to trigger the
alert decreases linearly along with altitude, down to a threshold of 1,500 ft per
minute.
• At 500 ft AGL, the alert is triggered if your descent rate exceeds 1,500 ft per
minute.
Requirements
To use Terrain/Obstacle Alerts, you must meet the following requirements:
Alert Behavior
ForeFlight monitors the area within 60 seconds and 60 degrees of your flight track.
When within two miles of a final approach path, alert sensitivity automatically adjusts to
reduce nuisance alerts.
• Aircraft location
• Aircraft altitude AGL
• Hazard detection range
• Color-coded terrain elevation
• Nearby obstacles
Tap Fullscreen to switch to the Map
view with the Hazard Advisor map
layer enabled, or tap Dismiss to close
the Hazard Alert window. The window
closes automatically 10 seconds after
the terrain/obstacle is no longer a
threat.
Hazard Alert Pop-Up Window
Requirements
To receive visual Airborne Traffic Alerts:
Alert Behavior
When the above requirements are met, this alert triggers when another aircraft passes
within 1.3 nm horizontally and +/- 1,200’ vertically of the user’s aircraft position (or will
do so within 25 seconds).
Requirements
To receive Traffic On Runway Alerts:
Alert Behavior
When the above requirements are met, this alert triggers a visual and audible
notification of traffic on the runway, including the runway number and airport.
The alert can be dismissed with a tap, and will not trigger again for at least one minute.
However, the traffic target identified by the alert will remain red until the user's aircraft
is no longer within one minute or 2 nm of the runway threshold, whichever is less.
CAUTION: Traffic On Runway Alerts are inhibited for parallel runways whose
centerlines are less than 830 ft apart. When runways are farther apart, the alert may
be delayed until ForeFlight can more precisely determine the destination runway.
Requirements
To receive Traffic On Short Final Alerts:
Alert Behavior
When the above requirements are met, this alert triggers a visual and audible
notification of traffic on a short final to the runway the user is currently on, including
the runway number and airport. Additionally, the traffic target on a short final will turn
red.
The alert can be dismissed with a tap, and will not trigger again for at least one minute.
However, the traffic target identified by the alert will remain red until the user's aircraft
is no longer within one minute or 2 nm of the runway threshold, whichever is less.
CAUTION: Traffic On Runway Alerts are inhibited for parallel runways whose
centerlines are less than 830 ft apart. When runways are slightly farther apart, the
alert may be delayed until ForeFlight can more precisely determine the destination
runway.
Recommended Actions
ForeFlight recommends taking the following steps to cool down your device:
CAUTION: This alert is not guaranteed to display in time to prevent overheating and
shutdown, as it relies on device temperature data supplied by iOS. Additionally, this
alert only displays once per hour even if your device returns to a high temperature
after initially cooling down.
As depicted below, there are two types of Airspace Alerts: Persistent and Temporary.
These two alert types can be displayed simultaneously.
Temporary
Alert
Persistent
Alert
Airspace
Highlighting
Persistent Alerts
Persistent alerts are displayed until they’re no longer applicable, the alert is hidden, or
another alert replaces it (see next page for additional information). These alerts are
issued for approaching airspace and airspace above or below you. When an alert is
triggered, the corresponding airspace is highlighted (green) and the alert banner
displays the airspace name, class, distance to airspace, and vertical limits. The
distance to airspace in the alert banner is dynamic and adjusts to reflect your position.
As depicted in the image above, if approaching airspace above or below its vertical
limits but within the user-defined Altitude Buffer setting, the alert indicates the airspace
is above or below you. Once within the lateral boundaries of the airspace, the banner
updates to reflect that you are above or below the airspace.
NOTE: Airspace Alerts are issued one at a time based on proximity, meaning that if
an active persistent alert is displayed and another alert is triggered, the next alert will
automatically replace the existing one. Alerts other than Airspace Alerts (e.g., Traffic,
Terrain, etc.) automatically replace active Airspace Alerts should they be issued.
Only one alert is issued per airspace class (e.g., B, C, or D). For example, if flying
across the shelves of class B airspace, only one alert is issued.
If you depart and return to the same airspace, the alert will not trigger if an alert for
that airspace was issued within the past minute.
Audio alerts are available in conjunction with persistent alerts, however, they do not
contain the airspace name.
Temporary Alerts
Temporary Alerts are issued when entering and exiting the lateral and vertical
boundaries of airspace. Temporary alerts are issued one at a time and do not contain
an audible portion. Temporary alerts are automatically hidden after a few seconds.
If entering airspace sectors with different altitude limits, such as when flying across
class B shelves, the Entered Airspace alert is issued for each airspace sector.
When exiting the vertical or lateral airspace boundary, a single temporary alert is
depicted.
• Airspace Alerts toggles the feature on and off. Approaching, Entering, and
Exiting airspace alerts are enabled and disabled with the Airspace Alerts toggle.
• Altitude Buffer specifies the altitude proximity above or below the airspace
required to trigger an alert. The default buffer is 500’. Additional options exist for
1000’, 2000’, and 5000’.
• Airspace Alert Range specifies how far in advance an
Approaching Airspace Alert is triggered. The alert trigger
evaluates airspace 1 nm on either side of the selected
time or distance setting. The image to the right is
representative of a 2 nm Airspace Alert Range and the 1
nm buffer on either side of the aircraft’s track. The triangle
is not a feature that can be enabled. The default Alert
Range setting is 3 nm. Additional distance (in nautical
mile) and time-based options exist. Time-based settings Airspace Alert Range
use your current groundspeed to determine when to
trigger alerts.
• Airspace Alert Types specifies the type of airspace for which to issue alerts. All
airspace types are enabled by default. If an airspace type is not listed, an alert
will not be issued for it.
Requirements
The alert is only triggered if your groundspeed is above 40 knots or if your device does
not have a GPS fix.
Requirements
For this alert to trigger, you must connect ForeFlight to supported installed (or panel)
avionics (such as Garmin Connect devices) that can send flight plans.
Alert Behavior
Whenever ForeFlight receives and loads a new flight plan from the panel, it displays a
“New Flight Plan Loaded From Panel” message.
Requirements
For this alert to trigger, ForeFlight must be connected to a supported portable device
such as the Sentry, Stratus, or Garmin GDL 50/51/52.
NOTE: This alert does not trigger when the mobile device running ForeFlight (iPad or
iPhone) is running low on battery level.
Requirements
For Destination WX Frequency Alerts to trigger, you must have more than one waypoint
in your route, the last item in your route must be an airport, and that airport must have
a published weather frequency.
Alert Behavior
The Destination WX Frequency Alert occurs at a certain distance from the airport,
which is greater at higher altitudes. (At 5,000 feet or below, the alert triggers at 20 nm
from the airport.)
This alert does not disappear on its own. It remains on screen until you dismiss it by
tapping on it or until it is replaced by another alert.
The alert will not occur more than once every 20 minutes for the same airport.
However, if you change the destination airport, the alert can occur again in less time
for the new airport.
Requirements
For this alert to work, you must be flying at or above 500 ft AGL. Also, you must be
able to receive inflight TFR data, or you must have downloaded that data recently with
the Pack feature (see below).
CAUTION: The Pack feature does not provide updated TFR Alerts in flight. ForeFlight
can only display TFRs issued after you Pack if you are using an ADS-B or SiriusXM
inflight weather receiver.
CAUTION: TFR Alerts are provided as a supplementary tool for increasing situational
awareness and should not replace conventional tools and methods for avoiding
TFRs. Failure to use the Pack feature to download relevant weather and TFR data
before a flight (see above) can impede ForeFlight’s ability to display accurate TFR
Alerts. The Pack feature downloads a snapshot of the airspace taken at that specific
time. You will only receive alerts for TFRs issued after you Pack if you are using an
ADS-B or SiriusXM inflight weather receiver.
Performance-tier ForeFlight subscribers can link contract Jet-A fuel cards and sign up
for new accounts with participating fuel vendors from ForeFlight Web, linking them to
the user’s ForeFlight account. ForeFlight Mobile then displays contract Jet-A fuel
prices on its Maps, Airports, Plates, and Flights views and lets users request fuel
releases from within its Flights view. ForeFlight Web also displays contract Jet-A fuel
prices in its My Flights and Maps views.
User
1. Log into plan.foreflight.com and select JetFuelX from the sidebar on the left
side of the page.
2. Scroll down to the Integrated Fuel Vendors list.
3. Click one of the vendor icons to navigate to their website.
4. Complete the vendor’s application process.
User
g12345678
User’s Name
12345678
N12345
g12345678
Within one week, the vendor should start sending contract fuel prices to the user’s
ForeFlight account, and the user’s fuel card should display a status message. If prices
update successfully, this message will be green and include the date of the most recent
update.
1. Log into plan.foreflight.com and select JetFuelX from the sidebar on the left
side of the page.
2. On the JetFuelX page, at the bottom-right corner of the fuel card, click Import
Prices.
3. At the bottom right corner of the Import Prices page, Copy the email address
ending in @fuel.jetfuelx.com. This is the unique JetFuelX import email address
to be used to forward emails from the contract fuel provider.
4. Locate the vendor’s email containing the CSV file. This email will most likely be
sent to the address listed on your contract fuel membership account. Forward
the email to the @fuel.jetfuelx.com account you copied in the previous step.
5. Set up auto-forwarding of all future emails from the email address the vendor
used above to your @fuel.jetfuelx.com email address using the process dictated
by your email provider.
1. Locate the vendor’s CSV file (either on the vendor’s website or in an email from
the vendor). Download the CSV file to your computer.
2. Log into plan.foreflight.com and select JetFuelX from the sidebar on the left
side of the page.
3. On the JetFuelX page, at the bottom right corner of the fuel card, click Import
Prices.
4. At the top of the Import Prices page, drag and drop the CSV file from your
computer to the gray box, or click Select it from your files to import and use
the next window to locate and import the CSV file.
g12345678
• Waiting on Prices: This message displays after a fuel card is first added. It
indicates that ForeFlight is waiting on the first price data import. Allow vendors
up to one week to begin sending prices. The status will change after the
vendor’s prices are imported into the user’s ForeFlight account.
N12345
• Prices Updated: This message displays after a user’s account has received the
vendor's latest fuel prices. Look below the message on the fuel card to see the
total number of price points available from this vendor and the number of airports
at which the vendor displays contract fuel prices. Also, remember to check the
date of the most recent import. Prices more than a few days old may change by
the time of your next flight.
N12345
CAA
1. Log into plan.foreflight.com and select JetFuelX from the sidebar on the left
side of the page.
2. On the JetFuelX page, click Edit at the bottom-right corner of the fuel card
3. In the Fuel Card Details window, edit the account information as necessary.
Editable values are indicated by blue font.
4. When finished, click Update.
N12345
1. Log into plan.foreflight.com and select JetFuelX from the sidebar on the left
side of the page.
2. On the JetFuelX page, click Edit at the bottom-right corner of the fuel card.
3. In the Fuel Card Details window, click Remove.
4. In the Remove Fuel Card window, click Remove to confirm.
N12345
Each of the above locations displays contract fuel price information in two views.
These are described below.
Tapping one of the listed FBOs opens its FBO Details view, displaying each contract
fuel vendor associated with that FBO. Note that some vendors offer a breakdown of
price tiers.
JetFuelX Section
The JetFuelX section includes two selectable rows that affect the fuel vendors and
price points that display in the rest of the view.
NOTE: The Aircraft and Fuel (Gallons) fields described below make the information
on the FBO Details view more accurate for planning purposes. Interacting with these
fields does not initiate a fuel order or a request for fuel release.
• Tap the Aircraft row to select the profile for the aircraft to be used in the flight.
This will cause the FBO Details view to display only those fuel vendors (and their
prices) that apply to fuel cards tied to that aircraft.
• Tap the Fuel (Gallons) row and enter the amount of fuel that will be ordered at
the FBO. The value entered changes which JetFuelX price tier is highlighted for
each fuel vendor.
• Vendor Price Tiers: Some vendors offer several price tiers. Whichever price tier
is highlighted in bold font is the price per gallon based on the amount entered in
the Fuel (Gallons) field above.
• Vendor Notes: Tap Notes next to any fuel vendor to view additional information
that the fuel vendor provided regarding purchasing contract fuel at that FBO.
Examples include additional fees for handling, hookup, and infrastructure.
N12345
To see more information about the FBOs located at a given airport, follow these steps:
1. On the Maps view, with the Fuel: Jet A map layer displayed, tap a price marker
with the “JFX” label.
2. The Maps sidebar opens on the right side of the device screen and automatically
displays the FBO List view, including a list of fuel prices. If the airport details
view is displayed instead, tap FBOs to open the FBO List view.
N12345
27.1 Design
Annotations are available in all
subscriptions. If you have a ForeFlight
Pro Plus, Performance Plus, Business
Pro, or Business Performance
subscription, annotations you make on
an approach plate are displayed when
you show the annotated plate on the
map.
Rectangle Ellipse
Line Polygon
Sticky-
Polyline
note
Rectangle
Annotations will default to Drawing mode until another annotation style is selected. Use
a finger, stylus, or Apple Pencil to draw directly on the plate or document.
Tap the button to choose the type of annotation to add (Text, Note, or Drawing).
27.3.1 Drawing
The default annotation is the freehand
Drawing tool. Use a finger, stylus, or Apple
Pencil to quickly draw directly on the plate or
document. As an example, if ATC gives an
alternate missed approach clearance to “Fly
heading 270, climb and maintain 3,000 feet”,
it can be written directly on the approach
plate.
Drawing Annotations
Changing Annotation Color, Opacity, or
Thickness
Tap the Annotation Settings drop-down in the top toolbar to display the Drawing
settings popup.
Drawing Settings
27.3.2 Rectangle
The Rectangle tool draws a rectangle shape around the selected information on a plate
or document. To draw a rectangle, touch-hold using a finger, stylus, or Apple Pencil on
one side of the information, then drag your finger to surround the information. Lift your
finger to complete the drawing. Tapping the Annotation Settings on the top toolbar
opens the Rectangle settings popup. The Rectangle Color, Fill Color, Opacity, and line
Thickness can all be changed. When annotations are complete, tap the Done button to
return to the original plate or document. The annotation will remain until deleted.
Rectangle Annotation
Rectangle Settings
27.3.3 Ellipse (Circle)
The Ellipse tool draws a circular shape around the selected information on a plate or
document. To draw an ellipse, touch-hold using a finger, stylus, or Apple Pencil on one
side of the information, then drag your finger to surround the information. Lift your
finger to complete the drawing. Tapping the Annotations Settings on the top toolbar
opens the Ellipse settings popup. The Ellipse Color, Fill Color, Opacity, and line
Thickness can all be changed. When annotations are complete, tap the Done button to
return to the original plate or document. The annotation will remain until deleted.
Ellipse Annotation
Tapping the Annotations Settings on the top toolbar opens the Line Settings popup.
The Line Color, Opacity, Thickness, Line Start, and Line End can all be changed. The
settings must be selected before the line is drawn, or it will default to a straight line.
Line Settings
Polygon Annotation
To edit a previously drawn polygon, tap it. A lined box with blue dots will outline the
shape of the polygon. The polygon can be resized by tap-holding on any of the blue
dots and dragging it in the desired direction. Tap the Inspector button to open the
Polygon Settings popup.
Polygon Settings
Polyline Annotation
The Polyline tool is similar to the Polygon tool, except that the shape is not
automatically “closed” when you tap the Done button, and like the Line tool, you can
choose the start and end-point types (e.g., arrow, dot, diamond, etc…). To edit a
previously drawn polyline, tap it, then choose the Inspector button.
When typing into a text box, several formatting options are available at the top of the
on-screen keyboard.
On-Keyboard Settings
If converting the Text Box to include a Callout line + arrow, tap the Callout button
in the Style line to open the Callout popup. The callout line can be repositioned by
touch-dragging on the blue “corner” point.
To create a note, tap the Note button on the top Annotations toolbar. Tap the document
where the note will be placed, and a note text box will open. Write the text, then tap
anywhere outside of the note box to close the note.
Paste the copied annotation in a different location or onto a different page (or
document) by touch-holding on the Plate or Document until the magnifying glass
appears. Lift your finger, then tap the Paste button in the popup Annotation menu.
Checklist Guide
ForeFlight Checklist lets you complete a checklist with a series of taps, and also
includes easy access to Abnormal and Emergency checklists. The app includes
checklist templates for various fixed-wing and select rotorcraft models, all derived from
pilot operating handbooks.
For complete details, refer to the ForeFlight Checklist Guide available in-app by
selecting Documents > ForeFlight or online at foreflight.com/checklist-guide.
Logbook Guide
Logbook lets you track your hours, currency, ratings, endorsements, medical
certificates, and more across all your devices. It is included in the Basic Plus, Pro Plus,
and Performance Plus subscription plans. For complete details, see the ForeFlight
Logbook Guide in Documents > ForeFlight or at foreflight.com/logbook-guide.
Logbook is part of the ForeFlight Cloud, allowing you to make new entries and track
your currency from any device signed into your account.
Once your aircraft’s Weight & Balance profile is set up, you can quickly create a
Loading Summary for each flight, and you can share the profile and a PDF copy of the
Loading Summary via email.
Weight & Balance profiles are automatically synced between your devices when Sync
Data To/From Device is enabled in More > Settings.
For full details, see the ForeFlight Weight & Balance Guide in Documents >
ForeFlight or at foreflight.com/wb-guide.
Passenger Guide
ForeFlight Passenger is a free companion app to ForeFlight Mobile that helps answer
your passengers’ age old question, “Are we there yet?”. The Passenger app is
downloaded separately from the Apple App Store.
Passenger mode is available in ForeFlight Mobile version 11.2 and later. To activate
Passenger mode, first make sure that your iPad’s or iPhone’s Wi-Fi is ON, and that Wi-
Fi is ON in the device(s) being used for Passenger. NOTE: Your device does not need
to be connected to the same Wi-Fi network as the Passenger device(s). And the link
from ForeFlight Mobile to Passenger will work even if neither device is connected to a
specific Wi-Fi network, as long as Wi-Fi is ON in each device. For more information,
refer to the Passenger Guide located in ForeFlight Mobile > Documents >
ForeFlight.
Filing Guide
ForeFlight Mobile can be used to file most VFR, IFR, DVFR, and composite flight
plans. For complete details, refer to the ForeFlight Filing Guide available in-app by
selecting Documents > ForeFlight or online at foreflight.com/filing-guide.
ForeFlight, LLC
2323 S Shepherd Dr, Houston, TX 77019
foreflight.com
ForeFlight Mobile Pilot’s Guide 896